gdb
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
90 void *),
91 void *);
92
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96
97 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
98
99 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
100 struct linespec_result *,
101 enum bptype, char *,
102 char **);
103
104 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
105 struct linespec_result *,
106 struct linespec_sals *,
107 char *, enum bptype,
108 enum bpdisp, int, int,
109 int,
110 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
111 int, int, int);
112
113 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
114 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
115
116 static void clear_command (char *, int);
117
118 static void catch_command (char *, int);
119
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
121
122 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
123
124 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
125
126 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
127 enum bptype,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
129 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
130 const struct symtab_and_line *);
131
132 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 static. */
134 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
135 struct symtab_and_line,
136 enum bptype,
137 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
138
139 static struct breakpoint *
140 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
141 enum bptype type,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
143
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
145
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
148 enum bptype bptype);
149
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
153
154 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
155 CORE_ADDR addr1,
156 struct address_space *aspace2,
157 CORE_ADDR addr2);
158
159 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
160 struct bp_location *loc2);
161
162 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
163 struct address_space *aspace,
164 CORE_ADDR addr);
165
166 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
167
168 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
169
170 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
171 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
172
173 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
174
175 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
176
177 static void commands_command (char *, int);
178
179 static void condition_command (char *, int);
180
181 typedef enum
182 {
183 mark_inserted,
184 mark_uninserted
185 }
186 insertion_state_t;
187
188 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
189 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
190
191 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
192
193 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
194
195 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
196
197 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
198
199 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
200
201 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
202 enum bptype type,
203 int *other_type_used);
204
205 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
206
207 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
208
209 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
210
211 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
212
213 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
214
215 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
216
217 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
218
219 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
220 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
221
222 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
225
226 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
227 CORE_ADDR pc);
228
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
232
233 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
234
235 static void update_global_location_list (int);
236
237 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
238
239 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
240
241 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
242
243 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
244
245 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
246
247 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
248
249 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
250
251 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
252
253 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
254
255 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
256
257 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
258 otherwise. */
259
260 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
261
262 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
263 from. */
264 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
265
266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
267 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
268 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
269 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
270
271 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
272 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
273
274 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
276
277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
278 breakpoints. */
279 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
280
281 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
282 breakpoints share a single command list. */
283 struct counted_command_line
284 {
285 /* The reference count. */
286 int refc;
287
288 /* The command list. */
289 struct command_line *commands;
290 };
291
292 struct command_line *
293 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
294 {
295 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
296 }
297
298 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
299 current breakpoint. */
300
301 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
302
303 const char *
304 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
305 {
306 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
307 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
308 a breakpoint. */
309 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
310
311 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
312 }
313
314 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
315 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
316 if such is available. */
317 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
318
319 static void
320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
321 struct cmd_list_element *c,
322 const char *value)
323 {
324 fprintf_filtered (file,
325 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
326 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
327 value);
328 }
329
330 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
331 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
332 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
334 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
335 static void
336 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
337 struct cmd_list_element *c,
338 const char *value)
339 {
340 fprintf_filtered (file,
341 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
342 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
347 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
348 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
349 use hardware breakpoints. */
350 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
351 static void
352 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
353 struct cmd_list_element *c,
354 const char *value)
355 {
356 fprintf_filtered (file,
357 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
358 value);
359 }
360
361 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
362 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
363 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
364 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
365 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
366
367 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
368 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
369 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
370 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
371 always_inserted_auto,
372 always_inserted_off,
373 always_inserted_on,
374 NULL
375 };
376 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
377 static void
378 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
379 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
380 {
381 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
382 fprintf_filtered (file,
383 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
384 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
385 value,
386 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
387 else
388 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 value);
390 }
391
392 int
393 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
394 {
395 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
396 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
397 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
398 }
399
400 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
401
402 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
403 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
404
405 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
406 static int overlay_events_enabled;
407
408 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
409 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
410
411 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
413 current breakpoint. */
414
415 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
416
417 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
418 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
419 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
420 B = TMP)
421
422 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
423 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
424 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
425
426 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
427 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
428 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
429 BP_TMP++)
430
431 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
432
433 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
434 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
435 if (is_tracepoint (B))
436
437 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
438
439 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
440
441 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
442
443 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
444
445 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
446
447 static unsigned bp_location_count;
448
449 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
450 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
451 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
452 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
453 an address you need to read. */
454
455 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
456
457 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
458 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
459 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
460 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
461 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
462
463 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
464
465 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
466 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
467 by a target. */
468 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
469
470 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
471
472 static int breakpoint_count;
473
474 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
475 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
476 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
477 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
478 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
479
480 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
481
482 static int tracepoint_count;
483
484 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
485 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
486 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
487
488 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
489 static int
490 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
491 {
492 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
493 }
494
495 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
496
497 static void
498 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
499 {
500 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
501 breakpoint_count = num;
502 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
503 }
504
505 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
506 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
507 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
508
509 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
510 breakpoint made. */
511
512 void
513 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
514 {
515 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
516 }
517
518 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
519 breakpoint made. */
520
521 void
522 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
523 {
524 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
525 }
526
527 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
528
529 void
530 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
531 {
532 struct breakpoint *b;
533
534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
535 b->hit_count = 0;
536 }
537
538 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
539 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
540
541 static struct counted_command_line *
542 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
543 {
544 struct counted_command_line *result
545 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
546
547 result->refc = 1;
548 result->commands = commands;
549 return result;
550 }
551
552 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
553
554 static void
555 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
556 {
557 if (cmd)
558 ++cmd->refc;
559 }
560
561 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
562 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
563 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
564
565 static void
566 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
567 {
568 if (*cmdp)
569 {
570 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
571 {
572 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
573 xfree (*cmdp);
574 }
575 *cmdp = NULL;
576 }
577 }
578
579 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
580
581 static void
582 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
583 {
584 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
585 }
586
587 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
588 argument. */
589
590 static struct cleanup *
591 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
592 {
593 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
594 }
595
596 \f
597 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
598 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599
600 struct breakpoint *
601 get_breakpoint (int num)
602 {
603 struct breakpoint *b;
604
605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
606 if (b->number == num)
607 return b;
608
609 return NULL;
610 }
611
612 \f
613
614 void
615 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
616 int from_tty)
617 {
618 xfree (b->cond_string);
619 b->cond_string = NULL;
620
621 if (is_watchpoint (b))
622 {
623 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
624
625 xfree (w->cond_exp);
626 w->cond_exp = NULL;
627 }
628 else
629 {
630 struct bp_location *loc;
631
632 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
633 {
634 xfree (loc->cond);
635 loc->cond = NULL;
636 }
637 }
638
639 if (*exp == 0)
640 {
641 if (from_tty)
642 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
643 }
644 else
645 {
646 char *arg = exp;
647
648 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
649 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
650 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
651 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
652
653 if (is_watchpoint (b))
654 {
655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
656
657 innermost_block = NULL;
658 arg = exp;
659 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
660 if (*arg)
661 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
662 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
663 }
664 else
665 {
666 struct bp_location *loc;
667
668 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
669 {
670 arg = exp;
671 loc->cond =
672 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
673 if (*arg)
674 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
675 }
676 }
677 }
678 breakpoints_changed ();
679 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
680 }
681
682 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
683
684 static void
685 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
686 {
687 struct breakpoint *b;
688 char *p;
689 int bnum;
690
691 if (arg == 0)
692 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
693
694 p = arg;
695 bnum = get_number (&p);
696 if (bnum == 0)
697 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
698
699 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
700 if (b->number == bnum)
701 {
702 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
703 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
704 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
705 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
706 if (b->py_bp_object
707 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
708 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
709 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
710 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
711 return;
712 }
713
714 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
715 }
716
717 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
718 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
719 Throw if any such commands is found. */
720
721 static void
722 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
723 {
724 struct command_line *c;
725
726 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
727 {
728 int i;
729
730 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
732 "only be used for tracepoints"));
733
734 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
735 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
736
737 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
738 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
739 command directly. */
740 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
741 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
742
743 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
744 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
745 }
746 }
747
748 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
749
750 static int
751 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
752 {
753 return (type == bp_tracepoint
754 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
755 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
756 }
757
758 int
759 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
760 {
761 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
762 }
763
764 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
765 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
766 found. */
767
768 static void
769 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
770 struct command_line *commands)
771 {
772 if (is_tracepoint (b))
773 {
774 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
775 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
776 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
777 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
778 struct command_line *c;
779 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
780 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
781 {
782 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
783 {
784 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
785 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
786 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
787 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
788 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
789 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
790
791 if (while_stepping)
792 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
793 "can be used only once"));
794 else
795 while_stepping = c;
796 }
797 }
798 if (while_stepping)
799 {
800 struct command_line *c2;
801
802 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
803 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
804 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
805 {
806 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
807 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
808 }
809 }
810 }
811 else
812 {
813 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
814 }
815 }
816
817 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
818 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
819
820 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
821 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
822 {
823 struct breakpoint *b;
824 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
825 struct bp_location *loc;
826
827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
828 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
829 {
830 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
831 if (loc->address == addr)
832 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
833 }
834
835 return found;
836 }
837
838 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
839 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
840
841 void
842 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
843 struct command_line *commands)
844 {
845 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
846
847 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
848 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
849 breakpoints_changed ();
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
851 }
852
853 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
854 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
855 commands. */
856
857 void
858 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
859 {
860 int old_silent = b->silent;
861
862 b->silent = silent;
863 if (old_silent != silent)
864 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
865 }
866
867 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
868 breakpoint work for any thread. */
869
870 void
871 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
872 {
873 int old_thread = b->thread;
874
875 b->thread = thread;
876 if (old_thread != thread)
877 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
878 }
879
880 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
881 breakpoint work for any task. */
882
883 void
884 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
885 {
886 int old_task = b->task;
887
888 b->task = task;
889 if (old_task != task)
890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
891 }
892
893 void
894 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
895 {
896 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
897
898 validate_actionline (&line, b);
899 }
900
901 /* A structure used to pass information through
902 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
903
904 struct commands_info
905 {
906 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
907 int from_tty;
908
909 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
910 char *arg;
911
912 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
913 already-parsed command. */
914 struct command_line *control;
915
916 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
917 yet been read. */
918 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
919 };
920
921 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
922 commands_command. */
923
924 static void
925 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
926 {
927 struct commands_info *info = data;
928
929 if (info->cmd == NULL)
930 {
931 struct command_line *l;
932
933 if (info->control != NULL)
934 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
935 else
936 {
937 struct cleanup *old_chain;
938 char *str;
939
940 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
941 "%s, one per line."),
942 info->arg);
943
944 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
945
946 l = read_command_lines (str,
947 info->from_tty, 1,
948 (is_tracepoint (b)
949 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
950 b);
951
952 do_cleanups (old_chain);
953 }
954
955 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
956 }
957
958 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
959 do anything. */
960 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
961 {
962 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
963 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
964 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
965 b->commands = info->cmd;
966 breakpoints_changed ();
967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
968 }
969 }
970
971 static void
972 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
973 struct command_line *control)
974 {
975 struct cleanup *cleanups;
976 struct commands_info info;
977
978 info.from_tty = from_tty;
979 info.control = control;
980 info.cmd = NULL;
981 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
982 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
983 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
984
985 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
986 {
987 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
988 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
989 breakpoint_count);
990 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
991 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
992 else
993 {
994 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
995 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
996 numbers will fail in this case. */
997 arg = NULL;
998 }
999 }
1000 else
1001 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1002 our argument. */
1003 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1004
1005 if (arg != NULL)
1006 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1007
1008 info.arg = arg;
1009
1010 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1011
1012 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1013 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1014
1015 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1016 }
1017
1018 static void
1019 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1020 {
1021 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1022 }
1023
1024 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1025 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1026
1027 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1028 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1029 enum command_control_type
1030 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1031 {
1032 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1033 return simple_control;
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1037
1038 static int
1039 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1040 {
1041 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1042 return 0;
1043 if (!bl->inserted)
1044 return 0;
1045 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1046 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1047 return 0;
1048 return 1;
1049 }
1050
1051 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1052 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1053
1054 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1055 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1056 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1057 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1058 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1059 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1060 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1061 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1062 and:
1063 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1064
1065 void
1066 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1067 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1068 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1069 {
1070 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1071 search. */
1072 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1073
1074 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1075 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1076 report higher one. */
1077
1078 bc_l = 0;
1079 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1080 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1081 {
1082 struct bp_location *bl;
1083
1084 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1085 bl = bp_location[bc];
1086
1087 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1088 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1089 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1090 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1091
1092 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1093 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1094 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1095
1096 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1097 >= bl->address)
1098 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1099 <= memaddr))
1100 bc_l = bc;
1101 else
1102 bc_r = bc;
1103 }
1104
1105 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1106 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1107 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1108 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1109 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1110 B:
1111
1112 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1113
1114 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1115 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1116 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1117 and L2. */
1118 while (bc_l > 0
1119 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1120 bc_l--;
1121
1122 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1123
1124 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1125 {
1126 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1127 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1128 int bp_size = 0;
1129 int bptoffset = 0;
1130
1131 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1132 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1133 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1134 bl->owner->number);
1135
1136 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1137 content. */
1138
1139 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1140 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1141 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1142 break;
1143
1144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1145 continue;
1146 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1147 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1148 continue;
1149
1150 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1151 we need to copy. */
1152 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1153 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1154
1155 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1156 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1157 are reading. */
1158 continue;
1159
1160 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1161 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1162 reading. */
1163 continue;
1164
1165 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1166 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1167 {
1168 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1169 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1170 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1171 bp_addr = memaddr;
1172 }
1173
1174 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1175 {
1176 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1177 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1178 }
1179
1180 if (readbuf != NULL)
1181 {
1182 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1183 shadow. */
1184 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1185 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1186 }
1187 else
1188 {
1189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1190 const unsigned char *bp;
1191 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1192 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1193
1194 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1195 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1196 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1197
1198 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1199 address. */
1200 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1201
1202 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1203 breakpoint's INSN. */
1204 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1205 }
1206 }
1207 }
1208 \f
1209
1210 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1211
1212 static int
1213 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1214 {
1215 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1216 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1217 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1218 }
1219
1220 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1221 software. */
1222
1223 int
1224 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1225 {
1226 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1227 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1228 }
1229
1230 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1231 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1232 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1233 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1234 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1235 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1236 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1237 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1238
1239 static int
1240 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1241 {
1242 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1243 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1244 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1248 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1249
1250 static void
1251 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1252 {
1253 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1254
1255 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1256 {
1257 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1258 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1259 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1260 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1261 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1262 }
1263 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1264 }
1265
1266 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1267 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1268 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1269 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1270 in b->loc->cond.
1271 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1272
1273 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1274 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1275 it.
1276
1277 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1278 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1279 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1280 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1281 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1282 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1283 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1284 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1285
1286 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1287 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1288 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1289 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1290 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1291 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1292 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1293 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1294 not changed.
1295
1296 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1297 hardware watchpoints:
1298
1299 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1300 called several times when GDB stops.
1301
1302 [linux]
1303 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1304 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1305 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1306 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1307 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1308 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1309 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1310 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1311 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1312 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1313 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1314
1315 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1316 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1317
1318 static void
1319 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1320 {
1321 int within_current_scope;
1322 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1323 int frame_saved;
1324
1325 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1326 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1327 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1328 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1329 return;
1330
1331 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1332 return;
1333
1334 frame_saved = 0;
1335
1336 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1337 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1338 within_current_scope = 1;
1339 else
1340 {
1341 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1342 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1343 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1344
1345 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1346 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1347 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1348 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1349 return;
1350
1351 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1352 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1353 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1354 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1355 selected frame. */
1356 frame_saved = 1;
1357 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1358
1359 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1360 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1361 if (within_current_scope)
1362 select_frame (fi);
1363 }
1364
1365 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1366 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1367 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1368 b->base.loc = NULL;
1369
1370 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1371 {
1372 char *s;
1373
1374 if (b->exp)
1375 {
1376 xfree (b->exp);
1377 b->exp = NULL;
1378 }
1379 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1380 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1381 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1382 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1383 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1384 be completely different objects. */
1385 value_free (b->val);
1386 b->val = NULL;
1387 b->val_valid = 0;
1388
1389 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1390 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1391 locations (re)created below. */
1392 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1393 {
1394 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1395 {
1396 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1397 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1398 }
1399
1400 s = b->base.cond_string;
1401 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1402 }
1403 }
1404
1405 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1406 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1407 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1408 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1409 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1410 if ( !target_has_execution)
1411 {
1412 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1413 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1414 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1415 }
1416 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1417 {
1418 int pc = 0;
1419 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1420 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1421
1422 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1423
1424 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1425 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1426 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1427 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1428 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1429 watchpoints. */
1430 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1431 {
1432 b->val = v;
1433 b->val_valid = 1;
1434 }
1435
1436 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1437
1438 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1439 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1440 {
1441 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1442 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1443 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1444 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1445 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1446 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1447 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1448 {
1449 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1450
1451 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1452 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1453 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1454 if (v == result
1455 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1456 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1457 {
1458 CORE_ADDR addr;
1459 int len, type;
1460 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1461
1462 addr = value_address (v);
1463 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1464 type = hw_write;
1465 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1466 type = hw_read;
1467 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1468 type = hw_access;
1469
1470 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1471 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1472 ;
1473 *tmp = loc;
1474 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1475
1476 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1477 loc->address = addr;
1478 loc->length = len;
1479 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1480 }
1481 }
1482 }
1483
1484 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1485 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1486 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1487 is started. */
1488 if (reparse)
1489 {
1490 int reg_cnt;
1491 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1492 struct bp_location *bl;
1493
1494 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1495
1496 if (reg_cnt)
1497 {
1498 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1499 enum bptype type;
1500
1501 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1502 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1503 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1504
1505 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1506 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1507 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1508 this watchpoint in as well. */
1509
1510 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1511 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1512 hardware watchpoint type. */
1513 type = b->base.type;
1514 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1515 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1516
1517 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1518 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1519 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1520 through watch_command), so always account for it
1521 manually. */
1522
1523 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1524 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1525
1526 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1527 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1528
1529 target_resources_ok
1530 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1531 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1532 {
1533 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1534
1535 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1536 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1537 "hardware watchpoint."));
1538 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1539 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1540 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1541
1542 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1543 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1544 }
1545 else
1546 {
1547 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1548 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1549 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1550 nop. */
1551 b->base.type = type;
1552 }
1553 }
1554 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1555 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1556 "read/access watchpoint."));
1557 else
1558 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1559
1560 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1561 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1562 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1563 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1564 }
1565
1566 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1567 {
1568 next = value_next (v);
1569 if (v != b->val)
1570 value_free (v);
1571 }
1572
1573 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1574 above left it without any location set up. But,
1575 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1576 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1577 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1578 {
1579 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1580 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1581 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1582 base->loc->address = -1;
1583 base->loc->length = -1;
1584 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1585 }
1586 }
1587 else if (!within_current_scope)
1588 {
1589 printf_filtered (_("\
1590 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1591 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1592 b->base.number);
1593 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1594 }
1595
1596 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1597 if (frame_saved)
1598 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1599 }
1600
1601
1602 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1603 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1604 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1605 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1606 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1607 static int
1608 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1609 {
1610 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1611 return 0;
1612
1613 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1614 return 0;
1615
1616 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1617 return 0;
1618
1619 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1620 return 0;
1621
1622 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1623 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1624 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1625 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1626 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1627 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1628 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1629 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1630 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1631 return 0;
1632
1633 return 1;
1634 }
1635
1636 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1637 that the location is not duplicated. */
1638
1639 static int
1640 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1641 {
1642 int result;
1643 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1644
1645 bl->duplicate = 0;
1646 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1647 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1648 return result;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1652 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1653 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1654 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1655 -1 for failure.
1656
1657 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1658 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1659 static int
1660 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1661 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1662 int *disabled_breaks,
1663 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1664 {
1665 int val = 0;
1666
1667 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1668 return 0;
1669
1670 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1671 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1672 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1673 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1674 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1675
1676 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1677 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1678 {
1679 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1680 {
1681 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1682 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1683 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1684
1685 Two important cases are:
1686 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1687 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1688 hardware breakpoint.
1689 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1690 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1691 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1692 so we undo.
1693
1694 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1695 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1696 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1697 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1698 gdb. */
1699 struct mem_region *mr
1700 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1701
1702 if (mr)
1703 {
1704 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1705 {
1706 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1707
1708 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1709 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1710 else
1711 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1712
1713 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1714 {
1715 static int said = 0;
1716
1717 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1718 if (!said)
1719 {
1720 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1721 _("Note: automatically using "
1722 "hardware breakpoints for "
1723 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1724 said = 1;
1725 }
1726 }
1727 }
1728 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1729 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1730 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1731 "at readonly address %s"),
1732 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1733 }
1734 }
1735
1736 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1737 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1738 || bl->section == NULL
1739 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1740 {
1741 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1742
1743 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1744 }
1745 else
1746 {
1747 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1748 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1749 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1750 {
1751 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1752 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1753 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1754 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1755 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1756 bl->owner->number);
1757 else
1758 {
1759 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1760 bl->section);
1761 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1762 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1763 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1764 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1765 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1766 if (val != 0)
1767 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1768 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1769 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1770 bl->owner->number);
1771 }
1772 }
1773 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1774 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1775 {
1776 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1777 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1778 }
1779 else
1780 {
1781 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1782 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1783 return 0;
1784 }
1785 }
1786
1787 if (val)
1788 {
1789 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1790 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1791 {
1792 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1793 val = 0;
1794 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1795 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1796 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1797 {
1798 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1799 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1800 bl->owner->number);
1801 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1802 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1803 "library breakpoints:\n");
1804 }
1805 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1807 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1808 }
1809 else
1810 {
1811 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1812 {
1813 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1814 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1815 "Cannot insert hardware "
1816 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1817 bl->owner->number);
1818 }
1819 else
1820 {
1821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1823 bl->owner->number);
1824 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1825 "Error accessing memory address ");
1826 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1827 tmp_error_stream);
1828 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1829 safe_strerror (val));
1830 }
1831
1832 }
1833 }
1834 else
1835 bl->inserted = 1;
1836
1837 return val;
1838 }
1839
1840 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1841 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1842 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1843 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1844 {
1845 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1846 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1847
1848 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1849
1850 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1851 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1852 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1853 {
1854 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1855
1856 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1857 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1858 of this one. */
1859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1860 if (loc != bl
1861 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1862 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1863 {
1864 bl->duplicate = 1;
1865 bl->inserted = 1;
1866 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1867 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1868 val = 0;
1869 break;
1870 }
1871
1872 if (val == 1)
1873 {
1874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1875 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1876
1877 if (val)
1878 /* Back to the original value. */
1879 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1880 }
1881 }
1882
1883 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1884 }
1885
1886 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1887 {
1888 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1889 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1890
1891 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1892 if (val)
1893 {
1894 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1895
1896 if (val == 1)
1897 warning (_("\
1898 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1899 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1900 else
1901 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1902 }
1903
1904 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1905
1906 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1907 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1908 so just return success. */
1909 return 0;
1910 }
1911
1912 return 0;
1913 }
1914
1915 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1916 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1917 PSPACE anymore. */
1918
1919 void
1920 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1921 {
1922 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1923 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1924
1925 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1927 {
1928 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1929 delete_breakpoint (b);
1930 }
1931
1932 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1933 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1934 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1935 {
1936 struct bp_location *tmp;
1937
1938 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1939 {
1940 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1941 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1942 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1943 else
1944 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1945 if (tmp->next == loc)
1946 {
1947 tmp->next = loc->next;
1948 break;
1949 }
1950 }
1951 }
1952
1953 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1954 removed locations above. */
1955 update_global_location_list (0);
1956 }
1957
1958 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1959 Throws exception on any error.
1960 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1961 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1962 void
1963 insert_breakpoints (void)
1964 {
1965 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1966
1967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1968 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1969 {
1970 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1971
1972 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1973 }
1974
1975 update_global_location_list (1);
1976
1977 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1978 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1979 now. */
1980 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1981 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1982 }
1983
1984 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1985
1986 static void
1987 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1988 {
1989 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1990 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1991 int error_flag = 0;
1992 int val = 0;
1993 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1994 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1995
1996 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1997 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1998
1999 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2000 there was an error. */
2001 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2002
2003 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2004
2005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2006 {
2007 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2008 continue;
2009
2010 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2011 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2012 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2013 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2014 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2015 continue;
2016
2017 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2018
2019 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2020 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2021 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2022 insert breakpoints. */
2023 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2024 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2025 continue;
2026
2027 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2028 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2029 if (val)
2030 error_flag = val;
2031 }
2032
2033 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2034 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2036 {
2037 int some_failed = 0;
2038 struct bp_location *loc;
2039
2040 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2041 continue;
2042
2043 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2044 continue;
2045
2046 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2047 continue;
2048
2049 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2050 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2051 {
2052 some_failed = 1;
2053 break;
2054 }
2055 if (some_failed)
2056 {
2057 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2058 if (loc->inserted)
2059 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2060
2061 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2062 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2063 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2064 bpt->number);
2065 error_flag = -1;
2066 }
2067 }
2068
2069 if (error_flag)
2070 {
2071 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2072 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2073 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2074 {
2075 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2076 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2077 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2078 }
2079 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2080 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2081 }
2082
2083 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2084 }
2085
2086 /* Used when the program stops.
2087 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2088 removing a breakpoint location. */
2089
2090 int
2091 remove_breakpoints (void)
2092 {
2093 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2094 int val = 0;
2095
2096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2097 {
2098 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2099 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2100 }
2101 return val;
2102 }
2103
2104 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2105
2106 int
2107 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2108 {
2109 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2110 int val;
2111 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2112
2113 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2114 {
2115 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2116 continue;
2117
2118 if (bl->inserted)
2119 {
2120 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2121 if (val != 0)
2122 return val;
2123 }
2124 }
2125 return 0;
2126 }
2127
2128 int
2129 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2130 {
2131 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2132 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2133 int val;
2134 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2135 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2136 struct inferior *inf;
2137 struct thread_info *tp;
2138
2139 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2140 if (tp == NULL)
2141 return 1;
2142
2143 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2144 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2145
2146 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2147
2148 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2149 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2150
2151 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2152 {
2153 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2154 continue;
2155
2156 if (bl->inserted)
2157 {
2158 bl->inserted = 0;
2159 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2160 if (val != 0)
2161 {
2162 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2163 return val;
2164 }
2165 }
2166 }
2167 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2168 return 0;
2169 }
2170
2171 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2172
2173 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2174 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2175 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2176 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2177 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2178 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2179 static void
2180 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2181 {
2182 if (internal)
2183 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2184 else
2185 {
2186 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2187 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2188 }
2189 }
2190
2191 static struct breakpoint *
2192 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2193 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2194 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2195 {
2196 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2197 struct breakpoint *b;
2198
2199 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2200
2201 sal.pc = address;
2202 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2203 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2204
2205 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2206 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2207 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2208
2209 return b;
2210 }
2211
2212 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2213 {
2214 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2215 };
2216 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2217
2218 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2219 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2220 {
2221 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2222 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2223
2224 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2225 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2226
2227 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2228 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2229
2230 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2231 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2232 };
2233
2234 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2235
2236 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2237 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2238
2239 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2240
2241 static int
2242 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2243 {
2244 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2245 }
2246
2247 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2248 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2249
2250 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2251 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2252 {
2253 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2254
2255 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2256 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2257 {
2258 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2259 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2260
2261 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2262 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2263 }
2264 return bp_objfile_data;
2265 }
2266
2267 static void
2268 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2269 {
2270 struct objfile *objfile;
2271 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2272
2273 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2274 {
2275 struct breakpoint *b;
2276 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2277 CORE_ADDR addr;
2278
2279 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2280
2281 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2282 continue;
2283
2284 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2285 {
2286 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2287
2288 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2289 if (m == NULL)
2290 {
2291 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2292 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2293 continue;
2294 }
2295 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2296 }
2297
2298 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2299 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2300 bp_overlay_event,
2301 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2302 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2303
2304 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2305 {
2306 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2307 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2308 }
2309 else
2310 {
2311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2312 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2313 }
2314 }
2315 update_global_location_list (1);
2316 }
2317
2318 static void
2319 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2320 {
2321 struct program_space *pspace;
2322 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2323
2324 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2325
2326 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2327 {
2328 struct objfile *objfile;
2329
2330 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2331
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2333 {
2334 int i;
2335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2337
2338 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2339 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2340 continue;
2341
2342 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2343
2344 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2345 {
2346 struct breakpoint *b;
2347 const char *func_name;
2348 CORE_ADDR addr;
2349
2350 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2351 continue;
2352
2353 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2354 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2355 {
2356 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2357
2358 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2359 if (m == NULL)
2360 {
2361 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2362 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2363 continue;
2364 }
2365 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2366 }
2367
2368 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2369 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2370 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2371 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2372 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2373 }
2374 }
2375 }
2376 update_global_location_list (1);
2377
2378 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2379 }
2380
2381 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2382 static void
2383 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2384 {
2385 struct program_space *pspace;
2386 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2387 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2388
2389 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2390
2391 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2392 {
2393 struct objfile *objfile;
2394 CORE_ADDR addr;
2395
2396 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2397
2398 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2399 {
2400 struct breakpoint *b;
2401 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2402
2403 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2404
2405 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2406 continue;
2407
2408 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2409 {
2410 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2411
2412 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2413 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2414 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2415 {
2416 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2417 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2418 continue;
2419 }
2420 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2421 }
2422
2423 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2424 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2425 bp_std_terminate_master,
2426 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2427 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2428 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2429 }
2430 }
2431
2432 update_global_location_list (1);
2433
2434 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2435 }
2436
2437 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2438
2439 void
2440 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2441 {
2442 struct objfile *objfile;
2443 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2444
2445 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2446 {
2447 struct breakpoint *b;
2448 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2449 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2450 CORE_ADDR addr;
2451
2452 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2453
2454 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2455 continue;
2456
2457 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2458
2459 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2460 {
2461 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2462
2463 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2464 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2465 {
2466 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2467 continue;
2468 }
2469
2470 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2471 }
2472
2473 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2474 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2475 &current_target);
2476 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2477 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2478 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2479 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2480 }
2481
2482 update_global_location_list (1);
2483 }
2484
2485 void
2486 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2487 {
2488 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2489 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2490
2491 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2492 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2493 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2494 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2495 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2496 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2497 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2498 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2500 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2501 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2502
2503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2504 {
2505 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2506 continue;
2507
2508 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2509 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2510 {
2511 delete_breakpoint (b);
2512 continue;
2513 }
2514
2515 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2516 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2517 {
2518 delete_breakpoint (b);
2519 continue;
2520 }
2521
2522 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2523 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2524 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2525 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2526 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2527 {
2528 delete_breakpoint (b);
2529 continue;
2530 }
2531
2532 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2533 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2534 {
2535 delete_breakpoint (b);
2536 continue;
2537 }
2538
2539 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2540 after an exec. */
2541 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2542 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2543 {
2544 delete_breakpoint (b);
2545 continue;
2546 }
2547
2548 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2549 {
2550 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2551 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2552 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2553 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2554 continue;
2555 }
2556
2557 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2558 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2559 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2560 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2561 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2562 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2563
2564 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2565 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2566 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2567 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2568 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2569 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2570 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2571
2572 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2573 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2574 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2575 let finish_command delete it.
2576
2577 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2578 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2579 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2580 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2581 solib breakpoints.) */
2582
2583 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2584 {
2585 continue;
2586 }
2587
2588 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2589 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2590 a.out. */
2591 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2592 {
2593 delete_breakpoint (b);
2594 continue;
2595 }
2596 }
2597 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2598 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2599 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2600 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2601 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2602 }
2603
2604 int
2605 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2606 {
2607 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2608 int val = 0;
2609 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2610 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2611
2612 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2613 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2614
2615 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2616 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2617 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2618 {
2619 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2620 continue;
2621
2622 if (bl->inserted)
2623 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2624 }
2625
2626 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2627 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2628
2629 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2630 return val;
2631 }
2632
2633 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2634 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2635 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2636 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2637 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2638
2639 static int
2640 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2641 {
2642 int val;
2643
2644 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2645 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2646
2647 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2648 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2649 return 0;
2650
2651 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2652 This should not ever happen. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2654
2655 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2656 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2657 {
2658 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2659 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2660 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2661
2662 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2663 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2664 || bl->section == NULL
2665 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2666 {
2667 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2668 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2669 }
2670 else
2671 {
2672 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2673 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2674 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2675 {
2676 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2677 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2678 */
2679 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2680 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2681 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2682 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2683 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2684 else
2685 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2686 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2687 }
2688 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2689 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2690 if (bl->inserted)
2691 {
2692 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2693 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2694 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2695 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2696
2697 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2698 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2699 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2700 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2701 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2702 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2703 else
2704 val = 0;
2705 }
2706 else
2707 {
2708 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2709 val = 0;
2710 }
2711 }
2712
2713 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2714 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2715 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2716 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2717 val = 0;
2718
2719 if (val)
2720 return val;
2721 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2722 }
2723 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2724 {
2725 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2726 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2727
2728 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2729 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2730
2731 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2732 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2733 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2734 bl->owner->number);
2735 }
2736 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2737 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2738 && !bl->duplicate)
2739 {
2740 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2741 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2742
2743 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2744 if (val)
2745 return val;
2746
2747 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2748 }
2749
2750 return 0;
2751 }
2752
2753 static int
2754 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2755 {
2756 int ret;
2757 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2758
2759 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2760 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2761
2762 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2763 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2764 return 0;
2765
2766 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2767 This should not ever happen. */
2768 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2769
2770 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2771
2772 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2773
2774 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2775
2776 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2777 return ret;
2778 }
2779
2780 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2781
2782 void
2783 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2784 {
2785 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2786
2787 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2788 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2789 bl->inserted = 0;
2790 }
2791
2792 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2793 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2794
2795 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2796 between runs.
2797
2798 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2799 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2800 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2801
2802
2803
2804 void
2805 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2806 {
2807 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2808 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2809 int ix;
2810 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2811
2812 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2813 nothing to do. */
2814 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2815 return;
2816
2817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2818 {
2819 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2820 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2821 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2822 bl->inserted = 0;
2823 }
2824
2825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2826 {
2827 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2828 continue;
2829
2830 switch (b->type)
2831 {
2832 case bp_call_dummy:
2833
2834 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2835 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2836 rid of it. */
2837
2838 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2839
2840 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2841
2842 case bp_shlib_event:
2843
2844 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2845 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2846 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2847 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2848 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2849
2850 (gdb) file prog-linux
2851 (gdb) run # native linux target
2852 ...
2853 (gdb) kill
2854 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2855 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2856 */
2857
2858 delete_breakpoint (b);
2859 break;
2860
2861 case bp_watchpoint:
2862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2863 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2864 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2865 {
2866 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2867
2868 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2869 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2870 delete_breakpoint (b);
2871 else if (context == inf_starting)
2872 {
2873 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2874 insert_breakpoints. */
2875 if (w->val)
2876 value_free (w->val);
2877 w->val = NULL;
2878 w->val_valid = 0;
2879 }
2880 }
2881 break;
2882 default:
2883 break;
2884 }
2885 }
2886
2887 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2888 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2889 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2890 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2891 }
2892
2893 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2894 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2895 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2896 match, not program space. */
2897
2898 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2899 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2900 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2901 permanent breakpoint.
2902 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2903 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2904 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2905 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2906 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2907
2908 enum breakpoint_here
2909 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2910 {
2911 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2912 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2913
2914 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2915 {
2916 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2917 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2918 continue;
2919
2920 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2921 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2922 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2923 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2924 {
2925 if (overlay_debugging
2926 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2927 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2928 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2929 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2930 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2931 else
2932 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2933 }
2934 }
2935
2936 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2937 }
2938
2939 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2940
2941 int
2942 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2943 {
2944 struct bp_location *loc;
2945 int ix;
2946
2947 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2948 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2949 return 1;
2950
2951 return 0;
2952 }
2953
2954 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2955 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2956 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2957 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2958
2959 int
2960 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2961 CORE_ADDR pc)
2962 {
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964
2965 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2966 {
2967 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2968 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2969 continue;
2970
2971 if (bl->inserted
2972 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2973 {
2974 if (overlay_debugging
2975 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2976 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2977 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2978 else
2979 return 1;
2980 }
2981 }
2982 return 0;
2983 }
2984
2985 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2986 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2987
2988 int
2989 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2990 {
2991 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2992 return 1;
2993
2994 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2995 return 1;
2996
2997 return 0;
2998 }
2999
3000 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3001 inserted at PC. */
3002
3003 int
3004 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3005 CORE_ADDR pc)
3006 {
3007 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3008
3009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3010 {
3011 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3012 continue;
3013
3014 if (bl->inserted
3015 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3016 aspace, pc))
3017 {
3018 if (overlay_debugging
3019 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3020 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3021 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3022 else
3023 return 1;
3024 }
3025 }
3026
3027 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3028 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3029 return 1;
3030
3031 return 0;
3032 }
3033
3034 int
3035 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3036 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3037 {
3038 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3039
3040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3041 {
3042 struct bp_location *loc;
3043
3044 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3045 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3046 continue;
3047
3048 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3049 continue;
3050
3051 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3052 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3053 {
3054 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3055
3056 /* Check for intersection. */
3057 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3058 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3059 if (l < h)
3060 return 1;
3061 }
3062 }
3063 return 0;
3064 }
3065
3066 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3067 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3068
3069 int
3070 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3071 ptid_t ptid)
3072 {
3073 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3074 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3075 int thread = -1;
3076 int task = 0;
3077
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3079 {
3080 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3081 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3082 continue;
3083
3084 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3085 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3086 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3087 continue;
3088
3089 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3090 continue;
3091
3092 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3093 {
3094 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3095 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3096 it is now time to do so. */
3097 if (thread == -1)
3098 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3099 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3100 continue;
3101 }
3102
3103 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3104 {
3105 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3106 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3107 it is now time to do so. */
3108 if (task == 0)
3109 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3110 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3111 continue;
3112 }
3113
3114 if (overlay_debugging
3115 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3116 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3117 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3118
3119 return 1;
3120 }
3121
3122 return 0;
3123 }
3124 \f
3125
3126 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3127 in breakpoint.h. */
3128
3129 int
3130 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3131 {
3132 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3133 }
3134
3135 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3136 'next' chain. */
3137
3138 static void
3139 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3140 {
3141 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3142 value_free (bs->old_val);
3143 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3144 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3145 xfree (bs);
3146 }
3147
3148 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3149 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3150
3151 void
3152 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3153 {
3154 bpstat p;
3155 bpstat q;
3156
3157 if (bsp == 0)
3158 return;
3159 p = *bsp;
3160 while (p != NULL)
3161 {
3162 q = p->next;
3163 bpstat_free (p);
3164 p = q;
3165 }
3166 *bsp = NULL;
3167 }
3168
3169 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3170 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3171
3172 bpstat
3173 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3174 {
3175 bpstat p = NULL;
3176 bpstat tmp;
3177 bpstat retval = NULL;
3178
3179 if (bs == NULL)
3180 return bs;
3181
3182 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3183 {
3184 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3185 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3186 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3187 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3188 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3189 {
3190 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3191 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3192 }
3193
3194 if (p == NULL)
3195 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3196 retval = tmp;
3197 else
3198 p->next = tmp;
3199 p = tmp;
3200 }
3201 p->next = NULL;
3202 return retval;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3206
3207 bpstat
3208 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3209 {
3210 if (bsp == NULL)
3211 return NULL;
3212
3213 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3214 {
3215 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3216 return bsp;
3217 }
3218 return NULL;
3219 }
3220
3221 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3222 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3223 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3224 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3225
3226 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3227 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3228 we set it.
3229 Return 1 otherwise. */
3230
3231 int
3232 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3233 {
3234 struct breakpoint *b;
3235
3236 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3237 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3238
3239 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3240 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3241 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3242 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3243 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3244 if (b == NULL)
3245 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3246
3247 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3248 return 1;
3249 }
3250
3251 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3252
3253 void
3254 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3255 {
3256 struct thread_info *tp;
3257 bpstat bs;
3258
3259 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3260 return;
3261
3262 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3263 if (tp == NULL)
3264 return;
3265
3266 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3267 {
3268 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3269
3270 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3271 {
3272 value_free (bs->old_val);
3273 bs->old_val = NULL;
3274 }
3275 }
3276 }
3277
3278 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3279
3280 static void
3281 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3282 {
3283 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3284 {
3285 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3286
3287 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3288 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3289 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3290 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3291 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3292 return;
3293 }
3294
3295 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3296 }
3297
3298 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3299 command. */
3300 static void
3301 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3302 {
3303 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3304 }
3305
3306 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3307 or its equivalent. */
3308
3309 static int
3310 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3311 {
3312 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3313 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3314 }
3315
3316 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3317 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3318 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3319 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3320
3321 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3322 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3323 bpstat of the current thread. */
3324
3325 static int
3326 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3327 {
3328 bpstat bs;
3329 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3330 int again = 0;
3331
3332 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3333 in bs->commands. */
3334 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3335 return 0;
3336
3337 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3338 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3339
3340 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3341
3342 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3343 bs = *bsp;
3344
3345 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3346 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3347 {
3348 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3349 struct command_line *cmd;
3350 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3351
3352 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3353
3354 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3355 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3356 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3357 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3358 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3359 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3360 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3361 the tree when we're done. */
3362 ccmd = bs->commands;
3363 bs->commands = NULL;
3364 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3365 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3366 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3367 {
3368 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3369 cmd = cmd->next;
3370 }
3371
3372 while (cmd != NULL)
3373 {
3374 execute_control_command (cmd);
3375
3376 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3377 break;
3378 else
3379 cmd = cmd->next;
3380 }
3381
3382 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3383 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3384
3385 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3386 {
3387 if (target_can_async_p ())
3388 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3389 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3390 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3391 ;
3392 else
3393 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3394 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3395 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3396 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3397 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3398 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3399 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3400 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3401 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3402 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3403 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3404 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3405 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3406 again = 1;
3407 break;
3408 }
3409 }
3410 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3411 return again;
3412 }
3413
3414 void
3415 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3416 {
3417 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3418
3419 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3420 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3421 && target_has_execution
3422 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3423 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3424 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3425 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3426 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3427 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3428 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3429 break;
3430
3431 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3432 }
3433
3434 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3435
3436 static void
3437 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3438 {
3439 if (val == NULL)
3440 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3441 else
3442 {
3443 struct value_print_options opts;
3444 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3445 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3446 }
3447 }
3448
3449 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3450 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3451 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3452 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3453 normal_stop(). */
3454
3455 static enum print_stop_action
3456 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3457 {
3458 switch (bs->print_it)
3459 {
3460 case print_it_noop:
3461 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3462 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3463 break;
3464
3465 case print_it_done:
3466 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3467 relevant messages. */
3468 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3469 break;
3470
3471 case print_it_normal:
3472 {
3473 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3474
3475 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3476 which has since been deleted. */
3477 if (b == NULL)
3478 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3479
3480 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3481 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3482 }
3483 break;
3484
3485 default:
3486 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3487 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3488 break;
3489 }
3490 }
3491
3492 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3493 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3494 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3495 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3496 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3497 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3498 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3499 routine is one of:
3500
3501 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3502 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3503 code to print the location. An example is
3504 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3505 the location.
3506 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3507 to also print the location part of the message.
3508 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3509 don't require a location appended to the end.
3510 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3511 further info to be printed. */
3512
3513 enum print_stop_action
3514 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3515 {
3516 int val;
3517
3518 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3519 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3520 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3521 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3522 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3523 {
3524 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3525 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3526 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3527 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3528 return val;
3529 }
3530
3531 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3532 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3533 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3534 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3535 {
3536 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3537 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3538 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3539 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3540 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3541 }
3542
3543 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3544 with and nothing was printed. */
3545 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3546 }
3547
3548 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3549 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3550 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3551 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3552
3553 static int
3554 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3555 {
3556 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3557 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3558
3559 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3560 return i;
3561 }
3562
3563 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3564
3565 static bpstat
3566 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3567 {
3568 bpstat bs;
3569
3570 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3571 bs->next = NULL;
3572 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3573 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3574 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3575 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3576 incref_bp_location (bl);
3577 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3578 bs->commands = NULL;
3579 bs->old_val = NULL;
3580 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3581 return bs;
3582 }
3583 \f
3584 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3585 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3586
3587 int
3588 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3589 {
3590 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3591 CORE_ADDR addr;
3592 struct breakpoint *b;
3593
3594 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3595 {
3596 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3597 as not triggered. */
3598 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3599 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3600 {
3601 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3602
3603 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3604 }
3605
3606 return 0;
3607 }
3608
3609 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3610 {
3611 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3612 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3614 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3615 {
3616 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3617
3618 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3619 }
3620
3621 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3622 }
3623
3624 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3625 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3626 triggered. */
3627
3628 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3629 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3630 {
3631 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3632 struct bp_location *loc;
3633
3634 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3635 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3636 {
3637 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3638 {
3639 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3640 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3641
3642 if (newaddr == start)
3643 {
3644 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3645 break;
3646 }
3647 }
3648 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3649 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3650 addr, loc->address,
3651 loc->length))
3652 {
3653 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3654 break;
3655 }
3656 }
3657 }
3658
3659 return 1;
3660 }
3661
3662 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3663 because of check_errors). */
3664 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3665 #define WP_DELETED 1
3666 /* The value has changed. */
3667 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3668 /* The value has not changed. */
3669 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3670 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3671 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3672
3673 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3674 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3675
3676 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3677 changed.
3678
3679 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3680 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3681
3682 static int
3683 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3684 {
3685 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3686 struct watchpoint *b;
3687 struct frame_info *fr;
3688 int within_current_scope;
3689
3690 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3691 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3692 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3693
3694 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3695 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3696 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3697 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3698 return WP_IGNORE;
3699
3700 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3701 within_current_scope = 1;
3702 else
3703 {
3704 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3705 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3706 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3707
3708 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3709 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3710 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3711 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3712 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3713 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3714 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3715 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3716 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3717 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3718 return WP_IGNORE;
3719
3720 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3721 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3722
3723 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3724 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3725 if (within_current_scope)
3726 {
3727 struct symbol *function;
3728
3729 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3730 if (function == NULL
3731 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3732 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3733 within_current_scope = 0;
3734 }
3735
3736 if (within_current_scope)
3737 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3738 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3739 the user. */
3740 select_frame (fr);
3741 }
3742
3743 if (within_current_scope)
3744 {
3745 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3746 time before we return to the command level and call
3747 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3748 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3749
3750 int pc = 0;
3751 struct value *mark;
3752 struct value *new_val;
3753
3754 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3755 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3756 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3757 a mask watchpoint. */
3758 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3759
3760 mark = value_mark ();
3761 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3762
3763 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3764 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3765 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3766 not what we want. */
3767 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3768 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3769 {
3770 if (new_val != NULL)
3771 {
3772 release_value (new_val);
3773 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3774 }
3775 bs->old_val = b->val;
3776 b->val = new_val;
3777 b->val_valid = 1;
3778 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3779 }
3780 else
3781 {
3782 /* Nothing changed. */
3783 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3784 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3785 }
3786 }
3787 else
3788 {
3789 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3790
3791 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3792 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3793 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3794 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3795 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3796 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3797 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3798 the first value assigned). */
3799 /* We print all the stop information in
3800 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3801 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3802 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3803 here. */
3804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3805 ui_out_field_string
3806 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3807 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3808 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3809 ui_out_text (uiout,
3810 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3811 which its expression is valid.\n");
3812
3813 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3814 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3815 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3816
3817 return WP_DELETED;
3818 }
3819 }
3820
3821 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3822 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3823 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3824
3825 static int
3826 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3827 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3828 {
3829 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3830
3831 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3832 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3833
3834 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3835 }
3836
3837 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3838 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3839
3840 static void
3841 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3842 {
3843 const struct bp_location *bl;
3844 struct watchpoint *b;
3845
3846 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3847 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3848 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3849 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3850 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3851
3852 {
3853 int must_check_value = 0;
3854
3855 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3856 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3857 watched value. */
3858 must_check_value = 1;
3859 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3860 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3861 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3862 this watchpoint. */
3863 must_check_value = 1;
3864 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3865 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3866 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3867 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3868 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3869 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3870 must_check_value = 1;
3871
3872 if (must_check_value)
3873 {
3874 char *message
3875 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3876 b->base.number);
3877 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3878 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3879 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3880 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3881 switch (e)
3882 {
3883 case WP_DELETED:
3884 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3885 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3886 /* Stop. */
3887 break;
3888 case WP_IGNORE:
3889 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3890 bs->stop = 0;
3891 break;
3892 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3893 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3894 {
3895 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3896
3897 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3898 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3899 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3900 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3901 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3902 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3903 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3904 old value.
3905
3906 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3907 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3908 happen:
3909
3910 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3911 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3912 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3913 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3914
3915 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3916 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3917 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3918 watchpoint.
3919
3920 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3921 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3922 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3923 changes. This still gives false positives when
3924 the program writes the same value to memory as
3925 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3926 it for a read), but it's much better than
3927 nothing. */
3928
3929 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3930
3931 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3932 {
3933 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3934
3935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3936 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3937 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3938 {
3939 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3940 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3941
3942 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3943 == watch_triggered_yes)
3944 {
3945 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3946 break;
3947 }
3948 }
3949 }
3950
3951 if (other_write_watchpoint
3952 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3953 {
3954 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3955 and the value changed since the last time we
3956 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3957 Ignore it. */
3958 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3959 bs->stop = 0;
3960 }
3961 }
3962 break;
3963 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3964 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3965 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3966 {
3967 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3968 the value hasn't changed. */
3969 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3970 bs->stop = 0;
3971 }
3972 /* Stop. */
3973 break;
3974 default:
3975 /* Can't happen. */
3976 case 0:
3977 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3978 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3979 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3980 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3981 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3982 break;
3983 }
3984 }
3985 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3986 {
3987 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3988 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3989 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3990 anything for this watchpoint. */
3991 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3992 bs->stop = 0;
3993 }
3994 }
3995 }
3996
3997
3998 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3999 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4000 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4001
4002 static void
4003 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4004 {
4005 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4006 const struct bp_location *bl;
4007 struct breakpoint *b;
4008
4009 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4010 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4011 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4012 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4013 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4014
4015 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4016 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4017 bs->stop = 0;
4018 else if (bs->stop)
4019 {
4020 int value_is_zero = 0;
4021 struct expression *cond;
4022
4023 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4024 method implemented. */
4025 if (b->py_bp_object)
4026 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4027
4028 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4029 {
4030 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4031
4032 cond = w->cond_exp;
4033 }
4034 else
4035 cond = bl->cond;
4036
4037 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4038 {
4039 int within_current_scope = 1;
4040 struct watchpoint * w;
4041
4042 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4043 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4044 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4045 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4046 function call. */
4047 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4048
4049 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4050 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4051 else
4052 w = NULL;
4053
4054 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4055 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4056 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4057 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4058 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4059 call site. */
4060 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4061 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4062 else
4063 {
4064 struct frame_info *frame;
4065
4066 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4067 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4068 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4069 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4070 really matter which instantiation of the function
4071 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4072 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4073 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4074 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4075 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4076 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4077 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4078 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4079 intuitive. */
4080 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4081 if (frame != NULL)
4082 select_frame (frame);
4083 else
4084 within_current_scope = 0;
4085 }
4086 if (within_current_scope)
4087 value_is_zero
4088 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4089 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4090 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4091 else
4092 {
4093 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4094 "in the current scope"));
4095 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4096 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4097 value_is_zero = 0;
4098 }
4099 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4100 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4101 }
4102
4103 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4104 {
4105 bs->stop = 0;
4106 }
4107 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4108 {
4109 bs->stop = 0;
4110 }
4111 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4112 {
4113 b->ignore_count--;
4114 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4115 bs->stop = 0;
4116 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4117 ++(b->hit_count);
4118 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4119 }
4120 }
4121 }
4122
4123
4124 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4125 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4126
4127 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4128 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4129 that:
4130
4131 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4132
4133 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4134
4135 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4136 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4137 several reasons concurrently.)
4138
4139 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4140 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4141
4142 bpstat
4143 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4144 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4145 {
4146 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4147 struct bp_location *bl;
4148 struct bp_location *loc;
4149 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4150 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4151 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4152 bpstat bs;
4153 int ix;
4154 int need_remove_insert;
4155 int removed_any;
4156
4157 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4158 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4159 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4160 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4161 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4162 inferior function calls. */
4163
4164 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4165 {
4166 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4167 continue;
4168
4169 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4170 {
4171 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4172 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4173 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4174 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4175 checked all locations already. */
4176 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4177 break;
4178
4179 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4180 continue;
4181
4182 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4183 continue;
4184
4185 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4186 matches. */
4187
4188 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4189 explain stop. */
4190
4191 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4192 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4193 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4194 bs->stop = 1;
4195 bs->print = 1;
4196
4197 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4198 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4199 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4200 iteration. */
4201 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4202 {
4203 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4204
4205 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4206 }
4207 }
4208 }
4209
4210 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4211 {
4212 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4213 {
4214 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4215 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4216 bs->stop = 0;
4217 bs->print = 0;
4218 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4219 }
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4223 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4224 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4225
4226 removed_any = 0;
4227
4228 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4229 {
4230 if (!bs->stop)
4231 continue;
4232
4233 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4234 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4235 if (bs->stop)
4236 {
4237 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4238
4239 if (bs->stop)
4240 {
4241 ++(b->hit_count);
4242 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4243
4244 /* We will stop here. */
4245 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4246 {
4247 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4248 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4249 removed_any = 1;
4250 }
4251 if (b->silent)
4252 bs->print = 0;
4253 bs->commands = b->commands;
4254 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4255 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4256 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4257 bs->print = 0;
4258 }
4259
4260 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4261 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4262 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4263 }
4264 }
4265
4266 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4267 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4268 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4269 done later. */
4270 need_remove_insert = 0;
4271 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4272 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4273 if (!bs->stop
4274 && bs->breakpoint_at
4275 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4276 {
4277 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4278
4279 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4280 need_remove_insert = 1;
4281 }
4282
4283 if (need_remove_insert)
4284 update_global_location_list (1);
4285 else if (removed_any)
4286 update_global_location_list (0);
4287
4288 return bs_head;
4289 }
4290
4291 static void
4292 handle_jit_event (void)
4293 {
4294 struct frame_info *frame;
4295 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4296
4297 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4298 breakpoint_re_set. */
4299 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4300
4301 frame = get_current_frame ();
4302 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4303
4304 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4305
4306 target_terminal_inferior ();
4307 }
4308
4309 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4310
4311 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4312
4313 struct bpstat_what
4314 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4315 {
4316 struct bpstat_what retval;
4317 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4318 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4319 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4320 int shlib_event = 0;
4321 int jit_event = 0;
4322 bpstat bs;
4323
4324 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4325 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4326 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4327
4328 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4329 {
4330 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4331 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4332 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4333 enum bptype bptype;
4334
4335 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4336 {
4337 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4338 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4339 bptype = bp_none;
4340 }
4341 else
4342 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4343
4344 switch (bptype)
4345 {
4346 case bp_none:
4347 break;
4348 case bp_breakpoint:
4349 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4350 case bp_until:
4351 case bp_finish:
4352 if (bs->stop)
4353 {
4354 if (bs->print)
4355 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4356 else
4357 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4358 }
4359 else
4360 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4361 break;
4362 case bp_watchpoint:
4363 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4364 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4365 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4366 if (bs->stop)
4367 {
4368 if (bs->print)
4369 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4370 else
4371 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4372 }
4373 else
4374 {
4375 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4376 This requires no further action. */
4377 }
4378 break;
4379 case bp_longjmp:
4380 case bp_exception:
4381 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4382 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4383 break;
4384 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4385 case bp_exception_resume:
4386 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4387 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4388 break;
4389 case bp_step_resume:
4390 if (bs->stop)
4391 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4392 else
4393 {
4394 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4395 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4396 }
4397 break;
4398 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4399 if (bs->stop)
4400 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4401 else
4402 {
4403 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4404 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4405 }
4406 break;
4407 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4408 case bp_thread_event:
4409 case bp_overlay_event:
4410 case bp_longjmp_master:
4411 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4412 case bp_exception_master:
4413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4414 break;
4415 case bp_catchpoint:
4416 if (bs->stop)
4417 {
4418 if (bs->print)
4419 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4420 else
4421 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4422 }
4423 else
4424 {
4425 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4426 This requires no further action. */
4427 }
4428 break;
4429 case bp_shlib_event:
4430 shlib_event = 1;
4431
4432 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4433 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4434 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4435 loaded objects (among other things). */
4436 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4437 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4438 else
4439 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4440 break;
4441 case bp_jit_event:
4442 jit_event = 1;
4443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4444 break;
4445 case bp_call_dummy:
4446 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4447 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4448 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4450 break;
4451 case bp_std_terminate:
4452 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4453 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4454 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4456 break;
4457 case bp_tracepoint:
4458 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4459 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4460 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4461 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4462 out already. */
4463 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4464 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4465 break;
4466 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4467 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4469 break;
4470 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4471 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4472 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4473 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4474 break;
4475 default:
4476 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4477 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4478 }
4479
4480 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4481 }
4482
4483 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4484 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4485
4486 if (shlib_event)
4487 {
4488 if (debug_infrun)
4489 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4490
4491 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4492 to be adding them automatically. */
4493
4494 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4495 breakpoint_re_set. */
4496 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4497
4498 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4499 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4500 #else
4501 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4502 #endif
4503
4504 target_terminal_inferior ();
4505 }
4506
4507 if (jit_event)
4508 {
4509 if (debug_infrun)
4510 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4511
4512 handle_jit_event ();
4513 }
4514
4515 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4516 {
4517 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4518
4519 if (b == NULL)
4520 continue;
4521 switch (b->type)
4522 {
4523 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4524 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4525 break;
4526 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4527 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4528 break;
4529 }
4530 }
4531
4532 return retval;
4533 }
4534
4535 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4536 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4537 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4538
4539 int
4540 bpstat_should_step (void)
4541 {
4542 struct breakpoint *b;
4543
4544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4545 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4546 return 1;
4547 return 0;
4548 }
4549
4550 int
4551 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4552 {
4553 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4554 if (bs->stop)
4555 return 1;
4556
4557 return 0;
4558 }
4559
4560 \f
4561
4562 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4563 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4564 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4565
4566 static char *
4567 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4568 {
4569 static char wrap_indent[80];
4570 int i, total_width, width, align;
4571 char *text;
4572
4573 total_width = 0;
4574 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4575 {
4576 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4577 {
4578 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4579 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4580 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4581
4582 return wrap_indent;
4583 }
4584
4585 total_width += width + 1;
4586 }
4587
4588 return NULL;
4589 }
4590
4591 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4592
4593 static void
4594 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4595 struct bp_location *loc)
4596 {
4597 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4598 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4599
4600 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4601 loc = NULL;
4602
4603 if (loc != NULL)
4604 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4605
4606 if (b->display_canonical)
4607 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4608 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4609 {
4610 struct symbol *sym
4611 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4612 if (sym)
4613 {
4614 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4615 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4616 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4617 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4618 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4619 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4620 }
4621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4622 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4623
4624 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4625 {
4626 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4627 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4628
4629 if (fullname)
4630 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4631 }
4632
4633 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4634 }
4635 else if (loc)
4636 {
4637 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4638 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4639
4640 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4641 demangle, "");
4642 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4643
4644 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4645 }
4646 else
4647 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4648
4649 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4650 }
4651
4652 static const char *
4653 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4654 {
4655 struct ep_type_description
4656 {
4657 enum bptype type;
4658 char *description;
4659 };
4660 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4661 {
4662 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4663 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4664 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4665 {bp_until, "until"},
4666 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4667 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4668 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4669 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4670 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4671 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4672 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4673 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4674 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4675 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4676 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4677 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4678 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4679 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4680 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4681 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4682 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4683 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4684 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4685 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4686 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4687 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4688 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4689 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4690 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4691 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4692 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4693 };
4694
4695 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4696 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4697 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4698 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4699 (int) type);
4700
4701 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4702 }
4703
4704 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4705
4706 static void
4707 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4708 struct bp_location *loc,
4709 int loc_number,
4710 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4711 int allflag)
4712 {
4713 struct command_line *l;
4714 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4715
4716 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4717 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4718 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4719 struct value_print_options opts;
4720
4721 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4722
4723 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4724 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4725 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4726 if (loc == NULL
4727 && (b->loc != NULL
4728 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4729 header_of_multiple = 1;
4730 if (loc == NULL)
4731 loc = b->loc;
4732
4733 annotate_record ();
4734
4735 /* 1 */
4736 annotate_field (0);
4737 if (part_of_multiple)
4738 {
4739 char *formatted;
4740 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4741 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4742 xfree (formatted);
4743 }
4744 else
4745 {
4746 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4747 }
4748
4749 /* 2 */
4750 annotate_field (1);
4751 if (part_of_multiple)
4752 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4753 else
4754 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4755
4756 /* 3 */
4757 annotate_field (2);
4758 if (part_of_multiple)
4759 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4760 else
4761 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4762
4763
4764 /* 4 */
4765 annotate_field (3);
4766 if (part_of_multiple)
4767 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4768 else
4769 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4770 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4771 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4772
4773
4774 /* 5 and 6 */
4775 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4776 {
4777 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4778 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4779 make sure there's just one location. */
4780 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4781 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4782 }
4783 else
4784 switch (b->type)
4785 {
4786 case bp_none:
4787 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4788 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4789 break;
4790
4791 case bp_watchpoint:
4792 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4793 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4794 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4795 {
4796 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4797
4798 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4799 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4800 is relatively readable). */
4801 if (opts.addressprint)
4802 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4803 annotate_field (5);
4804 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4805 }
4806 break;
4807
4808 case bp_breakpoint:
4809 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4810 case bp_until:
4811 case bp_finish:
4812 case bp_longjmp:
4813 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4814 case bp_exception:
4815 case bp_exception_resume:
4816 case bp_step_resume:
4817 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4818 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4819 case bp_call_dummy:
4820 case bp_std_terminate:
4821 case bp_shlib_event:
4822 case bp_thread_event:
4823 case bp_overlay_event:
4824 case bp_longjmp_master:
4825 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4826 case bp_exception_master:
4827 case bp_tracepoint:
4828 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4829 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4830 case bp_jit_event:
4831 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4832 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4833 if (opts.addressprint)
4834 {
4835 annotate_field (4);
4836 if (header_of_multiple)
4837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4838 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4839 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4840 else
4841 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4842 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4843 }
4844 annotate_field (5);
4845 if (!header_of_multiple)
4846 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4847 if (b->loc)
4848 *last_loc = b->loc;
4849 break;
4850 }
4851
4852
4853 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4854 are several. */
4855 if (loc != NULL
4856 && !header_of_multiple
4857 && (allflag
4858 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4859 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4860 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4861 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4862 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4863 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4864 {
4865 struct inferior *inf;
4866 int first = 1;
4867
4868 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4869 {
4870 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4871 {
4872 if (first)
4873 {
4874 first = 0;
4875 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4876 }
4877 else
4878 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4879 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4880 }
4881 }
4882 }
4883
4884 if (!part_of_multiple)
4885 {
4886 if (b->thread != -1)
4887 {
4888 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4889 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4890 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4891 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4892 }
4893 else if (b->task != 0)
4894 {
4895 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4896 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4897 }
4898 }
4899
4900 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4901
4902 if (!part_of_multiple)
4903 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4904
4905 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4906 {
4907 annotate_field (6);
4908 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4909 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4910 the frame ID. */
4911 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4912 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4913 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4914 }
4915
4916 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4917 {
4918 annotate_field (7);
4919 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4920 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4921 else
4922 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4923 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4924 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4925 }
4926
4927 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4928 {
4929 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4930 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4931 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4932 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4933 }
4934
4935 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4936 {
4937 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4938 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4939 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4940 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
4941 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
4942 else
4943 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4944 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4945 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4946 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4947 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4948 else
4949 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4950 }
4951
4952 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4953 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4954 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4955 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4956 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4957
4958 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4959 {
4960 annotate_field (8);
4961 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4962 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4963 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4964 }
4965
4966 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
4967 {
4968 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4969
4970 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
4971 {
4972 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4973 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
4974 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
4975 }
4976 }
4977
4978 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4979 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4980 {
4981 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4982
4983 annotate_field (9);
4984 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4985 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4986 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4987 }
4988
4989 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4990 {
4991 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4992
4993 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4994 {
4995 annotate_field (10);
4996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4997 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4998 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4999 }
5000 }
5001
5002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5003 {
5004 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5005 {
5006 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5007
5008 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5009 }
5010 else if (b->addr_string)
5011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5012 }
5013 }
5014
5015 static void
5016 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5017 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5018 int allflag)
5019 {
5020 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5021 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5022
5023 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5024
5025 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5026 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5027
5028 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5029 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5030 locations, if any. */
5031 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5032 {
5033 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5034 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5035 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5036 situation.
5037
5038 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5039 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5040 if (b->loc
5041 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5042 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5043 {
5044 struct bp_location *loc;
5045 int n = 1;
5046
5047 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5048 {
5049 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5050 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5051 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5052 do_cleanups (inner2);
5053 }
5054 }
5055 }
5056 }
5057
5058 static int
5059 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5060 {
5061 int print_address_bits = 0;
5062 struct bp_location *loc;
5063
5064 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5065 {
5066 int addr_bit;
5067
5068 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5069 an address to print. */
5070 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5071 continue;
5072
5073 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5074 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5075 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5076 }
5077
5078 return print_address_bits;
5079 }
5080
5081 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5082 {
5083 int bnum;
5084 };
5085
5086 static int
5087 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5088 {
5089 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5090 struct breakpoint *b;
5091 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5092
5093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5094 {
5095 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5096 {
5097 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5098 return GDB_RC_OK;
5099 }
5100 }
5101 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5102 }
5103
5104 enum gdb_rc
5105 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5106 char **error_message)
5107 {
5108 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5109
5110 args.bnum = bnum;
5111 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5112 an error. */
5113 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5114 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5115 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5116 else
5117 return GDB_RC_OK;
5118 }
5119
5120 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5121 internal or momentary. */
5122
5123 int
5124 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5125 {
5126 return b->number > 0;
5127 }
5128
5129 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5130 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5131 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5132 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5133 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5134 breakpoints listed. */
5135
5136 static int
5137 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5138 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5139 {
5140 struct breakpoint *b;
5141 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5142 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5143 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5144 struct value_print_options opts;
5145 int print_address_bits = 0;
5146 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5147 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5148
5149 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5150
5151 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5152 required for address fields. */
5153 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5154 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5155 {
5156 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5157 if (filter && !filter (b))
5158 continue;
5159
5160 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5161 accept. Skip the others. */
5162 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5163 {
5164 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5165 continue;
5166 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5167 continue;
5168 }
5169
5170 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5171 {
5172 int addr_bit, type_len;
5173
5174 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5175 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5176 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5177
5178 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5179 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5180 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5181
5182 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5183 }
5184 }
5185
5186 if (opts.addressprint)
5187 bkpttbl_chain
5188 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5189 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5190 "BreakpointTable");
5191 else
5192 bkpttbl_chain
5193 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5194 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5195 "BreakpointTable");
5196
5197 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5198 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5199 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5200 annotate_field (0);
5201 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5202 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5203 annotate_field (1);
5204 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5205 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5206 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5207 annotate_field (2);
5208 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5209 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5210 annotate_field (3);
5211 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5212 if (opts.addressprint)
5213 {
5214 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5215 annotate_field (4);
5216 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5217 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5218 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5219 else
5220 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5221 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5222 }
5223 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5224 annotate_field (5);
5225 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5226 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5227 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5228 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5229
5230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5231 {
5232 QUIT;
5233 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5234 if (filter && !filter (b))
5235 continue;
5236
5237 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5238 accept. Skip the others. */
5239
5240 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5241 {
5242 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5243 {
5244 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5245 continue;
5246 }
5247 else /* all others */
5248 {
5249 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5250 continue;
5251 }
5252 }
5253 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5254 allflag is set. */
5255 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5256 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5257 }
5258
5259 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5260
5261 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5262 {
5263 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5264 empty list. */
5265 if (!filter)
5266 {
5267 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5268 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5269 else
5270 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5271 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5272 args);
5273 }
5274 }
5275 else
5276 {
5277 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5278 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5279 }
5280
5281 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5282 there have been breakpoints? */
5283 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5284
5285 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5286 }
5287
5288 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5289 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5290
5291 static void
5292 default_collect_info (void)
5293 {
5294 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5295
5296 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5297 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5298 not wanted. */
5299 if (!*default_collect)
5300 return;
5301
5302 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5303 actions. */
5304 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5305 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5306 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5307 }
5308
5309 static void
5310 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5311 {
5312 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5313
5314 default_collect_info ();
5315 }
5316
5317 static void
5318 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5319 {
5320 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5321 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5322
5323 if (num_printed == 0)
5324 {
5325 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5326 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5327 else
5328 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5329 }
5330 }
5331
5332 static void
5333 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5334 {
5335 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5336
5337 default_collect_info ();
5338 }
5339
5340 static int
5341 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5342 struct program_space *pspace,
5343 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5344 {
5345 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5346
5347 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5348 {
5349 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5350 && bl->address == pc
5351 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5352 return 1;
5353 }
5354 return 0;
5355 }
5356
5357 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5358 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5359 address spaces. */
5360
5361 static void
5362 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5363 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5364 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5365 {
5366 int others = 0;
5367 struct breakpoint *b;
5368
5369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5370 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5371 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5372 if (others > 0)
5373 {
5374 if (others == 1)
5375 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5376 else /* if (others == ???) */
5377 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5379 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5380 {
5381 others--;
5382 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5383 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5384 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5385 else if (b->thread != -1)
5386 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5387 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5388 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5389 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5390 ? " (disabled)"
5391 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5392 ? " (permanent)"
5393 : ""),
5394 (others > 1) ? ","
5395 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5396 }
5397 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5398 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5399 printf_filtered (".\n");
5400 }
5401 }
5402 \f
5403
5404 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5405 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5406 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5407 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5408
5409 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5410 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5411 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5412 breakpoint at address zero:
5413
5414 bp_watchpoint
5415 bp_catchpoint
5416
5417 */
5418
5419 static int
5420 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5421 {
5422 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5423
5424 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5425 }
5426
5427 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5428 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5429
5430 static int
5431 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5432 struct bp_location *loc2)
5433 {
5434 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5435 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5436
5437 /* Both of them must exist. */
5438 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5439 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5440
5441 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5442 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5443 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5444 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5445 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5446 other watchpoint. */
5447 if ((w1->cond_exp
5448 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5449 loc1->length,
5450 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5451 w1->cond_exp))
5452 || (w2->cond_exp
5453 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5454 loc2->length,
5455 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5456 w2->cond_exp)))
5457 return 0;
5458
5459 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5460 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5461 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5462 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5463 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5464 become hw_access locations later. */
5465 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5466 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5467 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5468 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5469 }
5470
5471 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5472 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5473 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5474 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5475
5476 static int
5477 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5478 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5479 {
5480 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5481 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5482 && addr1 == addr2);
5483 }
5484
5485 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5486 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5487 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5488 space doesn't really matter. */
5489
5490 static int
5491 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5492 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5493 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5494 {
5495 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5496 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5497 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5498 }
5499
5500 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5501 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5502 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5503 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5504
5505 static int
5506 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5507 struct address_space *aspace,
5508 CORE_ADDR addr)
5509 {
5510 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5511 aspace, addr)
5512 || (bl->length
5513 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5514 bl->address, bl->length,
5515 aspace, addr)));
5516 }
5517
5518 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5519 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5520 true, otherwise returns false. */
5521
5522 static int
5523 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5524 struct bp_location *loc2)
5525 {
5526 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5527 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5528 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5529 different locations. */
5530 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5531 else
5532 return 0;
5533 }
5534
5535 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5536 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5537 represent the same location. */
5538
5539 static int
5540 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5541 struct bp_location *loc2)
5542 {
5543 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5544
5545 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5546 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5547 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5548
5549 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5550 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5551
5552 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5553 return 0;
5554 else if (hw_point1)
5555 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5556 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5557 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5558 else
5559 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5560 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5561 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5562 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5563 }
5564
5565 static void
5566 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5567 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5568 {
5569 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5570 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5571 char astr1[64];
5572 char astr2[64];
5573
5574 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5575 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5576 if (have_bnum)
5577 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5578 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5579 else
5580 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5581 }
5582
5583 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5584 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5585 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5586 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5587
5588 static CORE_ADDR
5589 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5590 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5591 {
5592 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5593 {
5594 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5595 return bpaddr;
5596 }
5597 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5598 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5599 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5600 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5601 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5602 {
5603 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5604 have their addresses modified. */
5605 return bpaddr;
5606 }
5607 else
5608 {
5609 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5610
5611 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5612 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5613 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5614
5615 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5616 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5617 is required. */
5618 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5619 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5620
5621 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5622 }
5623 }
5624
5625 void
5626 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5627 struct breakpoint *owner)
5628 {
5629 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5630
5631 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5632
5633 loc->ops = ops;
5634 loc->owner = owner;
5635 loc->cond = NULL;
5636 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5637 loc->enabled = 1;
5638
5639 switch (owner->type)
5640 {
5641 case bp_breakpoint:
5642 case bp_until:
5643 case bp_finish:
5644 case bp_longjmp:
5645 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5646 case bp_exception:
5647 case bp_exception_resume:
5648 case bp_step_resume:
5649 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5650 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5651 case bp_call_dummy:
5652 case bp_std_terminate:
5653 case bp_shlib_event:
5654 case bp_thread_event:
5655 case bp_overlay_event:
5656 case bp_jit_event:
5657 case bp_longjmp_master:
5658 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5659 case bp_exception_master:
5660 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5661 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5662 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5663 break;
5664 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5665 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5666 break;
5667 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5668 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5669 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5670 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5671 break;
5672 case bp_watchpoint:
5673 case bp_catchpoint:
5674 case bp_tracepoint:
5675 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5676 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5677 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5678 break;
5679 default:
5680 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5681 }
5682
5683 loc->refc = 1;
5684 }
5685
5686 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5687
5688 static struct bp_location *
5689 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5690 {
5691 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5692 }
5693
5694 static void
5695 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5696 {
5697 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5698 xfree (loc);
5699 }
5700
5701 /* Increment reference count. */
5702
5703 static void
5704 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5705 {
5706 ++bl->refc;
5707 }
5708
5709 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5710 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5711
5712 static void
5713 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5714 {
5715 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5716
5717 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5718 free_bp_location (*blp);
5719 *blp = NULL;
5720 }
5721
5722 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5723
5724 static void
5725 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5726 {
5727 struct breakpoint *b1;
5728
5729 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5730 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5731
5732 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5733 if (b1 == 0)
5734 breakpoint_chain = b;
5735 else
5736 {
5737 while (b1->next)
5738 b1 = b1->next;
5739 b1->next = b;
5740 }
5741 }
5742
5743 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5744
5745 static void
5746 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5747 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5748 enum bptype bptype,
5749 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5750 {
5751 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5752
5753 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5754
5755 b->ops = ops;
5756 b->type = bptype;
5757 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5758 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5759 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5760 b->thread = -1;
5761 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5762 b->next = 0;
5763 b->silent = 0;
5764 b->ignore_count = 0;
5765 b->commands = NULL;
5766 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5767 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5768 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5769 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5770 }
5771
5772 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5773 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5774
5775 static struct breakpoint *
5776 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5777 enum bptype bptype,
5778 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5779 {
5780 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5781
5782 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5783 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5784 return b;
5785 }
5786
5787 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5788 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5789 enough. */
5790
5791 static void
5792 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5793 {
5794 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5795
5796 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5797 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5798 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5799 {
5800 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5801
5802 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5803 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5804
5805 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5806 {
5807 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5808
5809 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5810 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5811 &loc->requested_address))
5812 {
5813 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5814 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5815 loc->requested_address,
5816 b->type);
5817 }
5818 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5819 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5820 {
5821 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5822 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5823 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5824 }
5825 }
5826
5827 if (loc->function_name)
5828 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5829 }
5830 }
5831
5832 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5833 struct gdbarch *
5834 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5835 {
5836 if (sal.section)
5837 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5838 if (sal.symtab)
5839 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5840
5841 return NULL;
5842 }
5843
5844 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5845 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5846 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5847
5848 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5849 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5850 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5851
5852 static void
5853 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5854 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5855 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5856 {
5857 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5858
5859 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5860
5861 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5862 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5863
5864 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5865 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5866 program space. */
5867 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5868 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5869
5870 breakpoints_changed ();
5871 }
5872
5873 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5874 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5875 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5876 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5877 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5878 is also returned as the value of this function.
5879
5880 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5881 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5882 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5883 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5884 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5885 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5886 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5887
5888 struct breakpoint *
5889 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5890 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5891 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5892 {
5893 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5894
5895 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5896 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5897 return b;
5898 }
5899
5900
5901 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5902 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5903 void
5904 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5905 {
5906 struct bp_location *bl;
5907
5908 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5909
5910 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5911 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5912 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5913 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5914 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5915 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5916 bl->inserted = 1;
5917 }
5918
5919 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5920 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5921 initiated the operation. */
5922
5923 void
5924 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5925 {
5926 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5927 int thread = tp->num;
5928
5929 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5930 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5931 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5932 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5934 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5935 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5936 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5937 {
5938 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5939 struct breakpoint *clone;
5940
5941 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5942 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5943 clone->thread = thread;
5944 }
5945
5946 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5947 }
5948
5949 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5950 void
5951 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5952 {
5953 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5954
5955 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5956 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5957 {
5958 if (b->thread == thread)
5959 delete_breakpoint (b);
5960 }
5961 }
5962
5963 void
5964 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5965 {
5966 struct breakpoint *b;
5967
5968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5969 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5970 {
5971 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5972 update_global_location_list (1);
5973 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5974 }
5975 }
5976
5977 void
5978 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5979 {
5980 struct breakpoint *b;
5981
5982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5983 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5984 {
5985 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5986 update_global_location_list (0);
5987 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5988 }
5989 }
5990
5991 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5992 master breakpoint. */
5993 void
5994 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5995 {
5996 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5997
5998 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5999 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6000 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6001 {
6002 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6003 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6004 }
6005 }
6006
6007 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6008 void
6009 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6010 {
6011 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6012
6013 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6014 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6015 delete_breakpoint (b);
6016 }
6017
6018 struct breakpoint *
6019 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6020 {
6021 struct breakpoint *b;
6022
6023 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6024 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6025
6026 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6027 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6028 b->addr_string
6029 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6030
6031 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6032
6033 return b;
6034 }
6035
6036 void
6037 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6038 {
6039 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6040
6041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6042 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6043 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6044 delete_breakpoint (b);
6045 }
6046
6047 struct lang_and_radix
6048 {
6049 enum language lang;
6050 int radix;
6051 };
6052
6053 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6054
6055 struct breakpoint *
6056 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6057 {
6058 struct breakpoint *b;
6059
6060 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6061 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6062 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6063 return b;
6064 }
6065
6066 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6067
6068 void
6069 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6070 {
6071 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6072
6073 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6074 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6075 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6076 delete_breakpoint (b);
6077 }
6078
6079 void
6080 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6081 {
6082 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6083
6084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6085 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6086 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6087 delete_breakpoint (b);
6088 }
6089
6090 struct breakpoint *
6091 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6092 {
6093 struct breakpoint *b;
6094
6095 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6096 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6097 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6098 return b;
6099 }
6100
6101 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6102 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6103
6104 void
6105 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6106 {
6107 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6108
6109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6110 {
6111 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6112 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6113
6114 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6115 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6116 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6117 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6118 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6119 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6120 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6121 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6122 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6123 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6124 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6125 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6126 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6127 #else
6128 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6129 #endif
6130 )
6131 {
6132 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6133 }
6134 }
6135 }
6136
6137 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6138 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6139 disabled. */
6140
6141 static void
6142 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6143 {
6144 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6145 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6146
6147 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6148 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6149 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6150 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6151 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6152 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6153 return;
6154
6155 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6156 {
6157 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6158 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6159
6160 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6161 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6162 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6163 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6164 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6165 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6166 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6167 || is_tracepoint (b))
6168 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6169 {
6170 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6171 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6172 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6173 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6174 loc->inserted = 0;
6175
6176 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6177 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6178
6179 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6180 {
6181 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6182 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6183 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6184 solib->so_name);
6185 }
6186 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6187 }
6188 }
6189 }
6190
6191 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6192
6193 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6194 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6195 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6196 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6197 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6198
6199 struct fork_catchpoint
6200 {
6201 /* The base class. */
6202 struct breakpoint base;
6203
6204 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6205 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6206 catchpoint has triggered. */
6207 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6208 };
6209
6210 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6211 catchpoints. */
6212
6213 static int
6214 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6215 {
6216 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6217 }
6218
6219 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6220 catchpoints. */
6221
6222 static int
6223 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6224 {
6225 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6226 }
6227
6228 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6229 catchpoints. */
6230
6231 static int
6232 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6233 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6234 {
6235 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6236
6237 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6238 }
6239
6240 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6241 catchpoints. */
6242
6243 static enum print_stop_action
6244 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6245 {
6246 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6247 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6248 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6249
6250 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6251 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6252 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6253 else
6254 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6255 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6256 {
6257 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6258 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6259 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6260 }
6261 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6262 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6263 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6264 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6265 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6266 }
6267
6268 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6269 catchpoints. */
6270
6271 static void
6272 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6273 {
6274 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6275 struct value_print_options opts;
6276 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6277
6278 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6279
6280 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6281 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6282 readable). */
6283 if (opts.addressprint)
6284 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6285 annotate_field (5);
6286 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6287 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6288 {
6289 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6290 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6291 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6292 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6293 }
6294 }
6295
6296 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6297 catchpoints. */
6298
6299 static void
6300 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6301 {
6302 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6303 }
6304
6305 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6306 catchpoints. */
6307
6308 static void
6309 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6310 {
6311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6312 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6313 }
6314
6315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6316
6317 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6318
6319 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6320 catchpoints. */
6321
6322 static int
6323 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6324 {
6325 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6326 }
6327
6328 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6329 catchpoints. */
6330
6331 static int
6332 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6333 {
6334 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6335 }
6336
6337 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6338 catchpoints. */
6339
6340 static int
6341 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6342 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6343 {
6344 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6345
6346 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6347 }
6348
6349 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6350 catchpoints. */
6351
6352 static enum print_stop_action
6353 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6354 {
6355 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6356 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6357 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6358
6359 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6360 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6361 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6362 else
6363 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6364 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6365 {
6366 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6367 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6369 }
6370 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6372 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6373 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6374 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6375 }
6376
6377 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6378 catchpoints. */
6379
6380 static void
6381 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6382 {
6383 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6384 struct value_print_options opts;
6385 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6386
6387 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6388 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6389 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6390 readable). */
6391 if (opts.addressprint)
6392 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6393 annotate_field (5);
6394 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6395 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6396 {
6397 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6398 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6399 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6400 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6401 }
6402 }
6403
6404 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6405 catchpoints. */
6406
6407 static void
6408 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6409 {
6410 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6411 }
6412
6413 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6414 catchpoints. */
6415
6416 static void
6417 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6418 {
6419 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6420 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6421 }
6422
6423 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6424
6425 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6426
6427 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6428 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6429 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6430 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6431 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6432
6433 struct syscall_catchpoint
6434 {
6435 /* The base class. */
6436 struct breakpoint base;
6437
6438 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6439 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6440 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6441 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6442 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6443 };
6444
6445 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6446 catchpoints. */
6447
6448 static void
6449 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6450 {
6451 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6452
6453 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6454
6455 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6456 }
6457
6458 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6459 catchpoints. */
6460
6461 static int
6462 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6463 {
6464 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6465 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6466
6467 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6468 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6469 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6470 else
6471 {
6472 int i, iter;
6473
6474 for (i = 0;
6475 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6476 i++)
6477 {
6478 int elem;
6479
6480 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6481 {
6482 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6483 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6484 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6485 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6486 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6487 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6488 vec_addr_offset;
6489 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6490 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6491 }
6492 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6493 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6494 }
6495 }
6496
6497 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6498 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6499 inf->any_syscall_count,
6500 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6501 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6502 }
6503
6504 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6505 catchpoints. */
6506
6507 static int
6508 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6509 {
6510 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6511 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6512
6513 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6514 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6515 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6516 else
6517 {
6518 int i, iter;
6519
6520 for (i = 0;
6521 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6522 i++)
6523 {
6524 int elem;
6525 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6526 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6527 continue;
6528 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6529 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6530 }
6531 }
6532
6533 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6534 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6535 inf->any_syscall_count,
6536 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6537 VEC_address (int,
6538 inf->syscalls_counts));
6539 }
6540
6541 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6542 catchpoints. */
6543
6544 static int
6545 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6546 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6547 {
6548 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6549 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6550 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6551 int syscall_number = 0;
6552 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6553 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6554
6555 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6556 return 0;
6557
6558 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6559 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6560 {
6561 int i, iter;
6562
6563 for (i = 0;
6564 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6565 i++)
6566 if (syscall_number == iter)
6567 break;
6568 /* Not the same. */
6569 if (!iter)
6570 return 0;
6571 }
6572
6573 return 1;
6574 }
6575
6576 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6577 catchpoints. */
6578
6579 static enum print_stop_action
6580 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6581 {
6582 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6583 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6584 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6585 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6586 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6587 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6588 ptid_t ptid;
6589 struct target_waitstatus last;
6590 struct syscall s;
6591 char *syscall_id;
6592
6593 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6594
6595 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6596
6597 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6598
6599 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6600 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6601 else
6602 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6603 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6604 {
6605 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6606 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6607 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6608 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6609 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6610 }
6611 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6612
6613 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6614 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6615 else
6616 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6617
6618 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6619 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6620 if (s.name != NULL)
6621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6622
6623 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6624
6625 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6626 }
6627
6628 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6629 catchpoints. */
6630
6631 static void
6632 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6633 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6634 {
6635 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6636 struct value_print_options opts;
6637 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6638
6639 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6640 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6641 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6642 readable). */
6643 if (opts.addressprint)
6644 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6645 annotate_field (5);
6646
6647 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6648 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6649 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6650 else
6651 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6652
6653 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6654 {
6655 int i, iter;
6656 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6657
6658 for (i = 0;
6659 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6660 i++)
6661 {
6662 char *x = text;
6663 struct syscall s;
6664 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6665
6666 if (s.name != NULL)
6667 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6668 else
6669 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6670
6671 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6672 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6673 on every call. */
6674 xfree (x);
6675 }
6676 /* Remove the last comma. */
6677 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6679 }
6680 else
6681 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6682 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6683 }
6684
6685 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6686 catchpoints. */
6687
6688 static void
6689 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6690 {
6691 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6692
6693 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6694 {
6695 int i, iter;
6696
6697 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6698 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6699 else
6700 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6701
6702 for (i = 0;
6703 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6704 i++)
6705 {
6706 struct syscall s;
6707 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6708
6709 if (s.name)
6710 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6711 else
6712 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6713 }
6714 printf_filtered (")");
6715 }
6716 else
6717 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6718 b->number);
6719 }
6720
6721 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6722 catchpoints. */
6723
6724 static void
6725 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6726 {
6727 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6728
6729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6730
6731 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6732 {
6733 int i, iter;
6734
6735 for (i = 0;
6736 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6737 i++)
6738 {
6739 struct syscall s;
6740
6741 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6742 if (s.name)
6743 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6744 else
6745 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6746 }
6747 }
6748 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6749 }
6750
6751 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6752
6753 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6754
6755 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6756
6757 static int
6758 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6759 {
6760 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6761 }
6762
6763 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6764 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6765 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6766 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6767
6768 static void
6769 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6770 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6771 char *cond_string,
6772 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6773 {
6774 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6775
6776 init_sal (&sal);
6777 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6778
6779 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6780
6781 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6782 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6783 }
6784
6785 void
6786 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
6787 {
6788 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6789 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6790 if (!internal)
6791 mention (b);
6792 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6793
6794 if (update_gll)
6795 update_global_location_list (1);
6796 }
6797
6798 static void
6799 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6800 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6801 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6802 {
6803 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6804
6805 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6806
6807 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6808
6809 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6810 }
6811
6812 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6813
6814 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6815 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6816 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6817 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6818 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6819
6820 struct exec_catchpoint
6821 {
6822 /* The base class. */
6823 struct breakpoint base;
6824
6825 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6826 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6827 triggered. */
6828 char *exec_pathname;
6829 };
6830
6831 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6832 catchpoints. */
6833
6834 static void
6835 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6836 {
6837 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6838
6839 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6840
6841 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6842 }
6843
6844 static int
6845 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6846 {
6847 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6848 }
6849
6850 static int
6851 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6852 {
6853 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6854 }
6855
6856 static int
6857 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6858 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6859 {
6860 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6861
6862 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6863 }
6864
6865 static enum print_stop_action
6866 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6867 {
6868 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6869 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6870 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6871
6872 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6873 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6875 else
6876 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6877 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6878 {
6879 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6880 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
6881 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6882 }
6883 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6884 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
6885 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
6886 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6887
6888 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6889 }
6890
6891 static void
6892 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6893 {
6894 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6895 struct value_print_options opts;
6896 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6897
6898 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6899
6900 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6901 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6902 is relatively readable). */
6903 if (opts.addressprint)
6904 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6905 annotate_field (5);
6906 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6907 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6908 {
6909 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6910 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6911 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6912 }
6913 }
6914
6915 static void
6916 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6917 {
6918 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6919 }
6920
6921 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6922 catchpoints. */
6923
6924 static void
6925 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6926 {
6927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6928 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6929 }
6930
6931 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6932
6933 static void
6934 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6935 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6936 {
6937 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6938 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6939
6940 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6941 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6942 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6943
6944 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6945 }
6946
6947 static int
6948 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6949 {
6950 int i = 0;
6951 struct breakpoint *b;
6952 struct bp_location *bl;
6953
6954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6955 {
6956 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6957 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6958 {
6959 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6960 one register. */
6961 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6962 }
6963 }
6964
6965 return i;
6966 }
6967
6968 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6969 watchpoint. */
6970
6971 static int
6972 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6973 {
6974 int i = 0;
6975 struct bp_location *bl;
6976
6977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6978 return 0;
6979
6980 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6981 {
6982 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6983 one register. */
6984 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6985 }
6986
6987 return i;
6988 }
6989
6990 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6991 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6992 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6993 types _not_ TYPE. */
6994
6995 static int
6996 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
6997 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6998 {
6999 int i = 0;
7000 struct breakpoint *b;
7001
7002 *other_type_used = 0;
7003 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7004 {
7005 if (b == except)
7006 continue;
7007 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7008 continue;
7009
7010 if (b->type == type)
7011 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7012 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7013 *other_type_used = 1;
7014 }
7015
7016 return i;
7017 }
7018
7019 void
7020 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7021 {
7022 struct breakpoint *b;
7023
7024 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7025 {
7026 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7027 {
7028 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7029 update_global_location_list (0);
7030 }
7031 }
7032 }
7033
7034 void
7035 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7036 {
7037 struct breakpoint *b;
7038
7039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7040 {
7041 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7042 {
7043 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7044 update_global_location_list (1);
7045 }
7046 }
7047 }
7048
7049 void
7050 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7051 {
7052 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7053 update_global_location_list (0);
7054 }
7055
7056 void
7057 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7058 {
7059 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7060 breakpoint_re_set ();
7061 }
7062
7063
7064 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7065 at address specified by SAL.
7066 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7067
7068 struct breakpoint *
7069 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7070 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7071 {
7072 struct breakpoint *b;
7073
7074 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7075 one. */
7076 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7077
7078 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7079 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7080 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7081 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7082
7083 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7084 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7085 control. */
7086 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7087 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7088
7089 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7090
7091 return b;
7092 }
7093
7094 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7095 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7096 breakpoint_ops. */
7097
7098 static struct breakpoint *
7099 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7100 enum bptype type,
7101 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7102 {
7103 struct breakpoint *copy;
7104
7105 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7106 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7107 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7108
7109 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7110 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7111 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7112 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7113 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7114
7115 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7116 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7117
7118 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7119 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7120 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7121 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7122
7123 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7124 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7125 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7126
7127 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7128 return copy;
7129 }
7130
7131 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7132 ORIG is NULL. */
7133
7134 struct breakpoint *
7135 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7136 {
7137 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7138 if (orig == NULL)
7139 return NULL;
7140
7141 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7142 }
7143
7144 struct breakpoint *
7145 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7146 enum bptype type)
7147 {
7148 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7149
7150 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7151 sal.pc = pc;
7152 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7153 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7154
7155 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7156 }
7157 \f
7158
7159 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7160
7161 static void
7162 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7163 {
7164 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7165 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7166 return;
7167 printf_filtered ("\n");
7168 }
7169 \f
7170
7171 static struct bp_location *
7172 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7173 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7174 {
7175 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7176 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7177 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7178
7179 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7180 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7181
7182 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7183 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7184 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7185 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7186 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7187 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7188 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7189 sal->pc, b->type);
7190
7191 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7192 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7193 ;
7194 *tmp = loc;
7195
7196 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7197 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7198 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7199 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7200 loc->section = sal->section;
7201 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7202
7203 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7204 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7205 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7206
7207 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7208 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7209 return loc;
7210 }
7211 \f
7212
7213 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7214 return 0 otherwise. */
7215
7216 static int
7217 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7218 {
7219 int len;
7220 CORE_ADDR addr;
7221 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7222 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7223 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7224 int retval = 0;
7225
7226 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7227
7228 addr = loc->address;
7229 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7230
7231 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7232 if (bpoint == NULL)
7233 return 0;
7234
7235 target_mem = alloca (len);
7236
7237 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7238 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7239 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7240 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7241
7242 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7243 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7244
7245 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7246 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7247 retval = 1;
7248
7249 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7250
7251 return retval;
7252 }
7253
7254
7255
7256 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7257 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7258 as condition expression. */
7259
7260 static void
7261 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7262 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7263 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7264 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7265 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7266 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7267 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7268 {
7269 int i;
7270
7271 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7272 {
7273 int target_resources_ok;
7274
7275 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7276 target_resources_ok =
7277 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7278 i + 1, 0);
7279 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7280 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7281 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7282 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7283 }
7284
7285 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7286
7287 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7288 {
7289 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7290 struct bp_location *loc;
7291
7292 if (from_tty)
7293 {
7294 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7295 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7296 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7297
7298 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7299 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7300 }
7301
7302 if (i == 0)
7303 {
7304 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7305 b->thread = thread;
7306 b->task = task;
7307
7308 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7309 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7310 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7311 b->disposition = disposition;
7312
7313 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7314 {
7315 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7316 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7317
7318 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7319 {
7320 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7321 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7322 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7323 char *endp;
7324 char *marker_str;
7325
7326 p = skip_spaces (p);
7327
7328 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7329
7330 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7331 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7332
7333 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7334 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7335 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7336 }
7337 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7338 {
7339 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7340 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7341
7342 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7343 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7344 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7345 }
7346 else
7347 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7348 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7349 }
7350
7351 loc = b->loc;
7352 }
7353 else
7354 {
7355 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7356 }
7357
7358 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7359 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7360
7361 if (b->cond_string)
7362 {
7363 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7364 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7365 if (*arg)
7366 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7367 }
7368 }
7369
7370 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7371 if (addr_string)
7372 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7373 else
7374 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7375 me. */
7376 b->addr_string
7377 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7378 b->filter = filter;
7379 }
7380
7381 static void
7382 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7383 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7384 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7385 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7386 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7387 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7388 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7389 {
7390 struct breakpoint *b;
7391 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7392
7393 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7394 {
7395 struct tracepoint *t;
7396
7397 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7398 b = &t->base;
7399 }
7400 else
7401 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7402
7403 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7404
7405 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7406 sals, addr_string,
7407 filter, cond_string,
7408 type, disposition,
7409 thread, task, ignore_count,
7410 ops, from_tty,
7411 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7412 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7413
7414 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7415 }
7416
7417 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7418 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7419 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7420 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7421 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7422 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7423 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7424 we take just a single condition string.
7425
7426 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7427 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7428 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7429 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7430 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7431
7432 static void
7433 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7434 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7435 char *cond_string,
7436 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7437 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7438 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7439 int enabled, int internal)
7440 {
7441 int i;
7442 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7443
7444 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7445 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7446
7447 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7448 {
7449 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7450 'break', without arguments. */
7451 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7452 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7453 : NULL);
7454 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7455 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7456
7457 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7458 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7459 addr_string,
7460 filter_string,
7461 cond_string, type, disposition,
7462 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7463 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7464 canonical->special_display);
7465 discard_cleanups (inner);
7466 }
7467 }
7468
7469 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7470 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7471 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7472 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7473
7474 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7475 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7476
7477 static void
7478 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7479 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7480 {
7481 char *addr_start = *address;
7482
7483 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7484 breakpoint. */
7485 if ((*address) == NULL
7486 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7487 {
7488 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7489 address. */
7490 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7491 {
7492 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7493 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7494
7495 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7496 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7497 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7498
7499 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7500 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7501 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7502 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7503
7504 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7505 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7506 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7507 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7508 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7509 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7510
7511 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7512 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7513 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7514
7515 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7516 }
7517 else
7518 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7519 }
7520 else
7521 {
7522 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7523 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7524 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7525 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7526 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7527 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7528 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7529 get_last_displayed_line (),
7530 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7531 else
7532 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7533 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7534 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7535 }
7536 }
7537
7538
7539 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7540 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7541
7542 static void
7543 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7544 {
7545 int i;
7546
7547 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7548 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7549 }
7550
7551 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7552 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7553 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7554 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7555 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7556 it, etc. */
7557
7558 static void
7559 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7560 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7561 {
7562 int i, rslt;
7563 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7564 char *msg;
7565 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7566
7567 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7568 {
7569 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7570
7571 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7572
7573 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7574 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7575 associated with SAL. */
7576 if (sarch == NULL)
7577 sarch = gdbarch;
7578 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7579 NULL, &msg);
7580 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7581
7582 if (!rslt)
7583 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7584 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7585
7586 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7587 }
7588 }
7589
7590 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7591 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7592 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7593 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7594 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7595 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7596 static void
7597 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7598 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7599 {
7600 *cond_string = NULL;
7601 *thread = -1;
7602 while (tok && *tok)
7603 {
7604 char *end_tok;
7605 int toklen;
7606 char *cond_start = NULL;
7607 char *cond_end = NULL;
7608
7609 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7610
7611 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7612
7613 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7614
7615 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7616 {
7617 struct expression *expr;
7618
7619 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7620 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7621 xfree (expr);
7622 cond_end = tok;
7623 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7624 cond_end - cond_start);
7625 }
7626 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7627 {
7628 char *tmptok;
7629
7630 tok = end_tok + 1;
7631 tmptok = tok;
7632 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7633 if (tok == tmptok)
7634 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7635 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7636 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7637 }
7638 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7639 {
7640 char *tmptok;
7641
7642 tok = end_tok + 1;
7643 tmptok = tok;
7644 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7645 if (tok == tmptok)
7646 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7647 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7648 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7649 }
7650 else
7651 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7652 }
7653 }
7654
7655 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7656
7657 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7658 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7659 {
7660 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7661 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7662 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7663 struct symbol *sym;
7664 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7665 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7666 char *endp;
7667 char *marker_str;
7668 int i;
7669
7670 p = skip_spaces (p);
7671
7672 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7673
7674 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7675 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7676
7677 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7678 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7679 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7680
7681 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7682 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7683
7684 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7685 {
7686 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7687
7688 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7689
7690 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7691
7692 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7693 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7694
7695 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7696 }
7697
7698 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7699
7700 *arg_p = endp;
7701 return sals;
7702 }
7703
7704 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7705 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7706 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7707 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7708 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7709 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7710 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7711 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7712 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7713 false otherwise. */
7714
7715 int
7716 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7717 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7718 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7719 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7720 int ignore_count,
7721 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7722 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7723 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7724 {
7725 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7726 char *copy_arg = NULL;
7727 char *addr_start = arg;
7728 struct linespec_result canonical;
7729 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7730 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7731 int i;
7732 int pending = 0;
7733 int task = 0;
7734 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7735
7736 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7737
7738 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7739
7740 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7741 {
7742 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
7743 addr_start, &copy_arg);
7744 }
7745
7746 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7747 switch (e.reason)
7748 {
7749 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
7750 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
7751 return 0;
7752 break;
7753 case RETURN_ERROR:
7754 switch (e.error)
7755 {
7756 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7757
7758 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7759 error. */
7760
7761 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7762 throw_exception (e);
7763
7764 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7765
7766 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7767 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7768 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7769 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7770 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
7771 return 0;
7772
7773 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7774 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7775 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7776 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7777 {
7778 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7779
7780 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7781 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7782 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7783 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
7784 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
7785 pending = 1;
7786 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7787 }
7788 break;
7789 default:
7790 throw_exception (e);
7791 }
7792 break;
7793 default:
7794 throw_exception (e);
7795 }
7796
7797 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7798 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
7799
7800 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7801 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7802 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7803 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7804 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7805
7806 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7807 are ok for the target. */
7808 if (!pending)
7809 {
7810 int ix;
7811 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7812
7813 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7814 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
7815 }
7816
7817 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7818 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7819 {
7820 int ix;
7821 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7822
7823 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7824 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
7825 }
7826
7827 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7828 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7829 breakpoint. */
7830 if (!pending)
7831 {
7832 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7833
7834 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
7835
7836 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7837 {
7838 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7839 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7840 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7841 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7842 cond_string = NULL;
7843 thread = -1;
7844 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7845 &thread, &task);
7846 if (cond_string)
7847 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7848 }
7849 else
7850 {
7851 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7852 if (cond_string)
7853 {
7854 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7855 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7856 }
7857 }
7858
7859 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
7860 cond_string, type_wanted,
7861 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7862 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7863 from_tty, enabled, internal);
7864 }
7865 else
7866 {
7867 struct breakpoint *b;
7868
7869 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7870
7871 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
7872 {
7873 struct tracepoint *t;
7874
7875 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7876 b = &t->base;
7877 }
7878 else
7879 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7880
7881 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7882
7883 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
7884 b->cond_string = NULL;
7885 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7886 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7887 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7888 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7889 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
7890 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
7891 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7892
7893 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7894 }
7895
7896 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
7897 {
7898 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7899 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7900 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7901 }
7902
7903 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7904 breakpoint. */
7905 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7906 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7907 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7908
7909 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7910 update_global_location_list (1);
7911
7912 return 1;
7913 }
7914
7915 /* Set a breakpoint.
7916 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7917 condition, and thread.
7918 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7919 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7920 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
7921
7922 static void
7923 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7924 {
7925 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7926 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7927 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7928 : bp_breakpoint);
7929
7930 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7931 arg,
7932 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7933 tempflag, type_wanted,
7934 0 /* Ignore count */,
7935 pending_break_support,
7936 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
7937 from_tty,
7938 1 /* enabled */,
7939 0 /* internal */);
7940 }
7941
7942 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7943
7944 void
7945 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7946 {
7947 CORE_ADDR pc;
7948
7949 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7950 {
7951 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7952 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7953 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
7954 sal->pc = pc;
7955
7956 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7957 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7958 if (sal->explicit_line)
7959 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
7960 }
7961
7962 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7963 {
7964 struct blockvector *bv;
7965 struct block *b;
7966 struct symbol *sym;
7967
7968 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
7969 if (bv != NULL)
7970 {
7971 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
7972 if (sym != NULL)
7973 {
7974 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
7975 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
7976 }
7977 else
7978 {
7979 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
7980 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
7981 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
7982 happen in assembly source). */
7983
7984 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
7985 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7986
7987 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
7988
7989 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
7990 if (msym)
7991 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
7992
7993 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7994 }
7995 }
7996 }
7997 }
7998
7999 void
8000 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8001 {
8002 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8003 }
8004
8005 void
8006 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8007 {
8008 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8009 }
8010
8011 static void
8012 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8013 {
8014 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8015 }
8016
8017 static void
8018 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8019 {
8020 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8021 }
8022
8023 static void
8024 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8025 {
8026 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8027 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8028 stop at <line>\n"));
8029 }
8030
8031 static void
8032 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8033 {
8034 int badInput = 0;
8035
8036 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8037 badInput = 1;
8038 else if (*arg != '*')
8039 {
8040 char *argptr = arg;
8041 int hasColon = 0;
8042
8043 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8044 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8045 function/method name. */
8046 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8047 {
8048 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8049 argptr++;
8050 }
8051
8052 if (hasColon)
8053 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8054 else
8055 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8056 }
8057
8058 if (badInput)
8059 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8060 else
8061 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8062 }
8063
8064 static void
8065 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8066 {
8067 int badInput = 0;
8068
8069 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8070 badInput = 1;
8071 else
8072 {
8073 char *argptr = arg;
8074 int hasColon = 0;
8075
8076 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8077 it is probably a line number. */
8078 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8079 {
8080 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8081 argptr++;
8082 }
8083
8084 if (hasColon)
8085 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8086 else
8087 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8088 }
8089
8090 if (badInput)
8091 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8092 else
8093 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8094 }
8095
8096 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8097 ranged breakpoints. */
8098
8099 static int
8100 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8101 struct address_space *aspace,
8102 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8103 {
8104 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8105 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8106 }
8107
8108 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8109 ranged breakpoints. */
8110
8111 static int
8112 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8113 {
8114 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8115 }
8116
8117 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8118 ranged breakpoints. */
8119
8120 static enum print_stop_action
8121 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8122 {
8123 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8124 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8125 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8126
8127 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8128
8129 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8130 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8131
8132 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8133 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8134 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8135 else
8136 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8138 {
8139 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8140 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8142 }
8143 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8144 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8145
8146 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8147 }
8148
8149 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8150 ranged breakpoints. */
8151
8152 static void
8153 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8154 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8155 {
8156 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8157 struct value_print_options opts;
8158 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8159
8160 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8161 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8162
8163 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8164
8165 if (opts.addressprint)
8166 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8167 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8168 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8169 annotate_field (5);
8170 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8171 *last_loc = bl;
8172 }
8173
8174 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8175 ranged breakpoints. */
8176
8177 static void
8178 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8179 struct ui_out *uiout)
8180 {
8181 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8182 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8183 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8184 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8185
8186 gdb_assert (bl);
8187
8188 address_start = bl->address;
8189 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8190
8191 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8192 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8193 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8194 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8195 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8196 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8197
8198 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8199 }
8200
8201 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8202 ranged breakpoints. */
8203
8204 static void
8205 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8206 {
8207 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8208 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8209
8210 gdb_assert (bl);
8211 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8212
8213 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8214 return;
8215
8216 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8217 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8218 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8219 }
8220
8221 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8222 ranged breakpoints. */
8223
8224 static void
8225 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8226 {
8227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8228 b->addr_string_range_end);
8229 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8230 }
8231
8232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8233
8234 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8235
8236 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8237 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8238 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8239 last instruction of the given line. */
8240
8241 static CORE_ADDR
8242 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8243 {
8244 CORE_ADDR end;
8245
8246 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8247 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8248 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8249 end = sal.pc;
8250 else
8251 {
8252 int ret;
8253 CORE_ADDR start;
8254
8255 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8256 if (!ret)
8257 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8258
8259 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8260 end--;
8261 }
8262
8263 return end;
8264 }
8265
8266 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8267
8268 static void
8269 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8270 {
8271 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8272 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8273 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8274 CORE_ADDR end;
8275 struct breakpoint *b;
8276 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8277 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8278 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8279
8280 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8281 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8282 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8283
8284 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8285 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8286 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8287 bp_count, 0);
8288 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8289 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8290
8291 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8292 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8293 error(_("No address range specified."));
8294
8295 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8296
8297 arg_start = arg;
8298 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8299
8300 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8301
8302 if (arg[0] != ',')
8303 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8304 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8305 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8306
8307 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8308
8309 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8310 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8311 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8312
8313 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8314 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8315 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8316
8317 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8318 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8319
8320 /* Parse the end location. */
8321
8322 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8323 arg_start = arg;
8324
8325 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8326 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8327 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8328 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8329 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8330 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8331 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8332 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8333
8334 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8335
8336 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8337 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8338
8339 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8340 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8341 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8342 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8343
8344 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8345 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8346 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8347
8348 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8349 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8350 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8351
8352 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8353 if (length < 0)
8354 /* Length overflowed. */
8355 error (_("Address range too large."));
8356 else if (length == 1)
8357 {
8358 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8359 the `hbreak' command. */
8360 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8361
8362 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8363
8364 return;
8365 }
8366
8367 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8368 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8369 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8370 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8371 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8372 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8373 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8374 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8375 b->loc->length = length;
8376
8377 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8378
8379 mention (b);
8380 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8381 update_global_location_list (1);
8382 }
8383
8384 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8385 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8386 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8387 zero. */
8388 static int
8389 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8390 {
8391 int i = exp->nelts;
8392
8393 while (i > 0)
8394 {
8395 int oplenp, argsp;
8396
8397 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8398 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8399 i -= oplenp;
8400
8401 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8402 {
8403 case BINOP_ADD:
8404 case BINOP_SUB:
8405 case BINOP_MUL:
8406 case BINOP_DIV:
8407 case BINOP_REM:
8408 case BINOP_MOD:
8409 case BINOP_LSH:
8410 case BINOP_RSH:
8411 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8412 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8413 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8414 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8415 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8416 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8417 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8418 case BINOP_LESS:
8419 case BINOP_GTR:
8420 case BINOP_LEQ:
8421 case BINOP_GEQ:
8422 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8423 case BINOP_COMMA:
8424 case BINOP_EXP:
8425 case BINOP_MIN:
8426 case BINOP_MAX:
8427 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8428 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8429 case BINOP_IN:
8430 case BINOP_RANGE:
8431 case TERNOP_COND:
8432 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8433 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8434
8435 case OP_LONG:
8436 case OP_DOUBLE:
8437 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8438 case OP_LAST:
8439 case OP_COMPLEX:
8440 case OP_STRING:
8441 case OP_BITSTRING:
8442 case OP_ARRAY:
8443 case OP_TYPE:
8444 case OP_NAME:
8445 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8446
8447 case UNOP_NEG:
8448 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8449 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8450 case UNOP_ADDR:
8451 case UNOP_HIGH:
8452 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8453 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8454 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8455 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8456
8457 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8458 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8459 ADDR is. */
8460 break;
8461
8462 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8463 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8464
8465 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8466 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8467 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8468 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8469
8470 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8471 are always constant. */
8472 {
8473 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8474
8475 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8476 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8477 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8478 return 0;
8479 break;
8480 }
8481
8482 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8483 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8484 then it is not a constant. */
8485 default:
8486 return 0;
8487 }
8488 }
8489
8490 return 1;
8491 }
8492
8493 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8494
8495 static void
8496 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8497 {
8498 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8499
8500 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8501 xfree (w->exp);
8502 xfree (w->exp_string);
8503 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8504 value_free (w->val);
8505
8506 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8507 }
8508
8509 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8510
8511 static void
8512 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8513 {
8514 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8515
8516 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8517 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8518
8519 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8520 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8521 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8522 are loaded and unloaded.
8523
8524 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8525 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8526 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8527 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8528 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8529 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8530
8531 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8532 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8533 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8534 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8535
8536 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8537 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8538
8539 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8540 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8541 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8542 }
8543
8544 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8545
8546 static int
8547 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8548 {
8549 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8550 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8551
8552 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8553 w->cond_exp);
8554 }
8555
8556 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8557
8558 static int
8559 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8560 {
8561 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8562 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8563
8564 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8565 w->cond_exp);
8566 }
8567
8568 static int
8569 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8570 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8571 {
8572 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8573 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8574
8575 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8576 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8577 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8578 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8579 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8580 (did not match the data address). */
8581 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8582 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8583 return 0;
8584
8585 return 1;
8586 }
8587
8588 static void
8589 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8590 {
8591 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8592
8593 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8594 }
8595
8596 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8597 hardware watchpoints. */
8598
8599 static int
8600 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8601 {
8602 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8603 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8604
8605 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8606 }
8607
8608 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8609 hardware watchpoints. */
8610
8611 static int
8612 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8613 {
8614 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8615 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8616 }
8617
8618 static enum print_stop_action
8619 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8620 {
8621 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8622 struct breakpoint *b;
8623 const struct bp_location *bl;
8624 struct ui_stream *stb;
8625 enum print_stop_action result;
8626 struct watchpoint *w;
8627 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8628
8629 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8630
8631 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8632 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8633 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8634
8635 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8636 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8637
8638 switch (b->type)
8639 {
8640 case bp_watchpoint:
8641 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8642 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8643 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8644 ui_out_field_string
8645 (uiout, "reason",
8646 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8647 mention (b);
8648 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8649 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8650 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8651 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8653 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8654 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8655 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8656 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8657 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8658 break;
8659
8660 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8661 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8662 ui_out_field_string
8663 (uiout, "reason",
8664 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8665 mention (b);
8666 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8668 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8669 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8670 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8671 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8672 break;
8673
8674 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8675 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8676 {
8677 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8678 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8679 ui_out_field_string
8680 (uiout, "reason",
8681 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8682 mention (b);
8683 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8684 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8685 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8686 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8687 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8688 }
8689 else
8690 {
8691 mention (b);
8692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8693 ui_out_field_string
8694 (uiout, "reason",
8695 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8696 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8698 }
8699 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8700 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8701 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8702 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8703 break;
8704 default:
8705 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8706 }
8707
8708 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8709 return result;
8710 }
8711
8712 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8713 watchpoints. */
8714
8715 static void
8716 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8717 {
8718 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8719 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8721
8722 switch (b->type)
8723 {
8724 case bp_watchpoint:
8725 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8726 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8727 break;
8728 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8729 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8730 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8731 break;
8732 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8733 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8734 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8735 break;
8736 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8737 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8738 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8739 break;
8740 default:
8741 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8742 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8743 }
8744
8745 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8746 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8747 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8748 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8749 }
8750
8751 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8752 watchpoints. */
8753
8754 static void
8755 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8756 {
8757 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8758
8759 switch (b->type)
8760 {
8761 case bp_watchpoint:
8762 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8764 break;
8765 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8767 break;
8768 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8770 break;
8771 default:
8772 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8773 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8774 }
8775
8776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8777 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8778 }
8779
8780 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8781
8782 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8783
8784 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8785 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8786
8787 static int
8788 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8789 {
8790 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8791
8792 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8793 bl->watchpoint_type);
8794 }
8795
8796 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8797 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8798
8799 static int
8800 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8801 {
8802 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8803
8804 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8805 bl->watchpoint_type);
8806 }
8807
8808 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8809 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8810
8811 static int
8812 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8813 {
8814 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8815
8816 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8817 }
8818
8819 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8820 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8821
8822 static int
8823 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8824 {
8825 return 0;
8826 }
8827
8828 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8829 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8830
8831 static enum print_stop_action
8832 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8833 {
8834 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8835 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8836
8837 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8838 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8839
8840 switch (b->type)
8841 {
8842 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8843 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8844 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8845 ui_out_field_string
8846 (uiout, "reason",
8847 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8848 break;
8849
8850 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8851 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8852 ui_out_field_string
8853 (uiout, "reason",
8854 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8855 break;
8856
8857 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8859 ui_out_field_string
8860 (uiout, "reason",
8861 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8862 break;
8863 default:
8864 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8865 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8866 }
8867
8868 mention (b);
8869 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8870 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8871 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8872 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8873
8874 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8875 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8876 }
8877
8878 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8879 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8880
8881 static void
8882 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8883 struct ui_out *uiout)
8884 {
8885 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8886
8887 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8888 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8889
8890 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8891 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
8892 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8893 }
8894
8895 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8896 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8897
8898 static void
8899 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8900 {
8901 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8902 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8903 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8904
8905 switch (b->type)
8906 {
8907 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8908 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8909 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8910 break;
8911 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8912 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8913 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8914 break;
8915 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8916 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8917 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8918 break;
8919 default:
8920 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8921 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8922 }
8923
8924 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8925 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8926 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8927 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8928 }
8929
8930 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8931 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8932
8933 static void
8934 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8935 {
8936 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8937 char tmp[40];
8938
8939 switch (b->type)
8940 {
8941 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8942 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8943 break;
8944 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8945 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8946 break;
8947 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8948 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8949 break;
8950 default:
8951 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8952 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8953 }
8954
8955 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
8956 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
8957 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8958 }
8959
8960 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8961
8962 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8963
8964 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
8965
8966 static int
8967 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8968 {
8969 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8970 }
8971
8972 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8973 hw_read: watch read,
8974 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8975 static void
8976 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
8977 int just_location, int internal)
8978 {
8979 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8980 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
8981 struct expression *exp;
8982 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
8983 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
8984 struct frame_info *frame;
8985 char *exp_start = NULL;
8986 char *exp_end = NULL;
8987 char *tok, *end_tok;
8988 int toklen = -1;
8989 char *cond_start = NULL;
8990 char *cond_end = NULL;
8991 enum bptype bp_type;
8992 int thread = -1;
8993 int pc = 0;
8994 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
8995 the hardware watchpoint. */
8996 int use_mask = 0;
8997 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
8998 struct watchpoint *w;
8999
9000 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9001 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9002 {
9003 char *value_start;
9004
9005 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9006 of the arguments string. */
9007 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9008 {
9009 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9010 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9011 tok--;
9012
9013 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9014 This is the value of the parameter. */
9015 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9016 tok--;
9017 value_start = tok + 1;
9018
9019 /* Skip whitespace. */
9020 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9021 tok--;
9022
9023 end_tok = tok;
9024
9025 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9026 This is the parameter itself. */
9027 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9028 tok--;
9029 tok++;
9030 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9031
9032 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9033 {
9034 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9035 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9036 only in a specific thread. */
9037 char *endp;
9038
9039 if (thread != -1)
9040 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9041
9042 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9043 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9044
9045 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9046 thread ID. */
9047 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9048 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9049
9050 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9051 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9052 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9053 }
9054 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9055 {
9056 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9057 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9058 facility. */
9059 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9060
9061 if (use_mask)
9062 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9063
9064 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9065
9066 mark = value_mark ();
9067 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9068 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9069 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9070 }
9071 else
9072 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9073 break;
9074
9075 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9076 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9077 *tok = '\0';
9078 }
9079 }
9080
9081 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9082 innermost_block = NULL;
9083 exp_start = arg;
9084 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9085 exp_end = arg;
9086 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9087 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9088 prettier. */
9089 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9090 --exp_end;
9091
9092 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9093 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9094 {
9095 int len;
9096
9097 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9098 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9099 len--;
9100 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9101 }
9102
9103 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9104 mark = value_mark ();
9105 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9106
9107 if (just_location)
9108 {
9109 int ret;
9110
9111 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9112 val = value_addr (result);
9113 release_value (val);
9114 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9115
9116 if (use_mask)
9117 {
9118 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9119 mask);
9120 if (ret == -1)
9121 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9122 else if (ret == -2)
9123 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9124 }
9125 }
9126 else if (val != NULL)
9127 release_value (val);
9128
9129 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9130 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9131
9132 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9133 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9134 {
9135 struct expression *cond;
9136
9137 innermost_block = NULL;
9138 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9139 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9140
9141 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9142 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9143 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9144
9145 xfree (cond);
9146 cond_end = tok;
9147 }
9148 if (*tok)
9149 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9150
9151 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9152 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9153 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9154 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9155 else
9156 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9157
9158 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9159
9160 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9161 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9162 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9163 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9164 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9165 {
9166 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9167 {
9168 scope_breakpoint
9169 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9170 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9171 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9172 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9173
9174 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9175
9176 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9177 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9178
9179 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9180 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9181
9182 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9183 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9184 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9185 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9186 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9187 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9188 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9189 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9190 scope_breakpoint->type);
9191 }
9192 }
9193
9194 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9195
9196 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9197 b = &w->base;
9198 if (use_mask)
9199 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9200 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9201 else
9202 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9203 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9204 b->thread = thread;
9205 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9206 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9207 w->exp = exp;
9208 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9209 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9210 if (just_location)
9211 {
9212 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9213 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9214 char *name;
9215
9216 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9217 name = type_to_string (t);
9218
9219 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9220 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9221 xfree (name);
9222
9223 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9224 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9225
9226 /* The above expression is in C. */
9227 b->language = language_c;
9228 }
9229 else
9230 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9231
9232 if (use_mask)
9233 {
9234 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9235 }
9236 else
9237 {
9238 w->val = val;
9239 w->val_valid = 1;
9240 }
9241
9242 if (cond_start)
9243 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9244 else
9245 b->cond_string = 0;
9246
9247 if (frame)
9248 {
9249 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9250 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9251 }
9252 else
9253 {
9254 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9255 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9256 }
9257
9258 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9259 {
9260 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9261 need to act on them together. */
9262 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9263 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9264 }
9265
9266 if (!just_location)
9267 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9268
9269 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9270 {
9271 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9272 that should be inserted. */
9273 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9274 }
9275 if (e.reason < 0)
9276 {
9277 delete_breakpoint (b);
9278 throw_exception (e);
9279 }
9280
9281 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9282 }
9283
9284 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9285 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9286
9287 static int
9288 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9289 {
9290 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9291 struct value *head = v;
9292
9293 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9294 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9295 return 0;
9296
9297 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9298 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9299 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9300 hardware watchpoint.
9301
9302 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9303 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9304 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9305 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9306 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9307 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9308 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9309 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9310 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9311
9312 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9313 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9314 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9315 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9316 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9317 {
9318 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9319 {
9320 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9321 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9322 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9323 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9324 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9325 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9326 ;
9327 else
9328 {
9329 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9330 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9331 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9332
9333 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9334 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9335 middle of some value chain. */
9336 if (v == head
9337 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9338 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9339 {
9340 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9341 int len;
9342 int num_regs;
9343
9344 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9345 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9346 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9347
9348 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9349 if (!num_regs)
9350 return 0;
9351 else
9352 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9353 }
9354 }
9355 }
9356 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9357 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9358 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9359 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9360 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9361 }
9362
9363 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9364 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9365 return found_memory_cnt;
9366 }
9367
9368 void
9369 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9370 {
9371 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9372 }
9373
9374 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9375 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9376 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9377 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9378
9379 static int
9380 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9381 {
9382 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9383 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9384 {
9385 *str += arg_len;
9386 return 1;
9387 }
9388 return 0;
9389 }
9390
9391 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9392 calls watch_command_1. */
9393
9394 static void
9395 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9396 {
9397 int just_location = 0;
9398
9399 if (arg
9400 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9401 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9402 {
9403 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9404 just_location = 1;
9405 }
9406
9407 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9408 }
9409
9410 static void
9411 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9412 {
9413 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9414 }
9415
9416 void
9417 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9418 {
9419 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9420 }
9421
9422 static void
9423 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9424 {
9425 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9426 }
9427
9428 void
9429 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9430 {
9431 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9432 }
9433
9434 static void
9435 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9436 {
9437 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9438 }
9439 \f
9440
9441 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9442 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9443
9444 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9445 {
9446 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9447 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9448 int thread_num;
9449 };
9450
9451 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9452 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9453 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9454 command. */
9455 static void
9456 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9457 {
9458 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9459
9460 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9461 if (a->breakpoint2)
9462 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9463 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9464 }
9465
9466 void
9467 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9468 {
9469 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9470 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9471 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9472 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9473 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9474 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9475 int thread;
9476 struct thread_info *tp;
9477
9478 clear_proceed_status ();
9479
9480 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9481 this function. */
9482
9483 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9484 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9485 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9486 get_last_displayed_line ());
9487 else
9488 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9489 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9490
9491 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9492 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9493
9494 sal = sals.sals[0];
9495 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9496
9497 if (*arg)
9498 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9499
9500 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9501
9502 if (anywhere)
9503 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9504 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9505 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9506 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9507 else
9508 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9509 only at the very same frame. */
9510 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9511 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9512 bp_until);
9513
9514 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9515
9516 tp = inferior_thread ();
9517 thread = tp->num;
9518
9519 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9520 one. */
9521
9522 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9523 {
9524 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9525 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9526 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9527 sal,
9528 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9529 bp_until);
9530 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9531
9532 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9533 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9534 }
9535
9536 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9537
9538 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9539 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9540 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9541 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9542
9543 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9544 {
9545 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9546 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9547
9548 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9549 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9550 args->thread_num = thread;
9551
9552 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9553 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9554 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9555 xfree);
9556 }
9557 else
9558 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9559 }
9560
9561 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9562 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9563
9564 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9565 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9566 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9567 if clause in the arg string. */
9568
9569 static char *
9570 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9571 {
9572 char *cond_string;
9573
9574 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9575 return NULL;
9576
9577 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9578 (*arg) += 2;
9579
9580 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9581 condition string. */
9582 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9583 cond_string = *arg;
9584
9585 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9586 string. */
9587 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9588
9589 return cond_string;
9590 }
9591
9592 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9593 process start/exit, etc. */
9594
9595 typedef enum
9596 {
9597 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9598 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9599 }
9600 catch_fork_kind;
9601
9602 static void
9603 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9604 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9605 {
9606 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9607 char *cond_string = NULL;
9608 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9609 int tempflag;
9610
9611 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9612 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9613 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9614
9615 if (!arg)
9616 arg = "";
9617 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9618
9619 /* The allowed syntax is:
9620 catch [v]fork
9621 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9622
9623 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9624 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9625
9626 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9627 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9628
9629 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9630 and enable reporting of such events. */
9631 switch (fork_kind)
9632 {
9633 case catch_fork_temporary:
9634 case catch_fork_permanent:
9635 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9636 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9637 break;
9638 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9639 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9640 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9641 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9642 break;
9643 default:
9644 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9645 break;
9646 }
9647 }
9648
9649 static void
9650 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9651 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9652 {
9653 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9654 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9655 int tempflag;
9656 char *cond_string = NULL;
9657
9658 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9659
9660 if (!arg)
9661 arg = "";
9662 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9663
9664 /* The allowed syntax is:
9665 catch exec
9666 catch exec if <cond>
9667
9668 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9669 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9670
9671 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9672 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9673
9674 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9675 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9676 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9677 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9678
9679 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9680 }
9681
9682 static enum print_stop_action
9683 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9684 {
9685 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9686 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9687 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9688
9689 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9690
9691 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9692 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9693 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9694 b->loc->address,
9695 b->number, 1);
9696 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9697 ui_out_text (uiout,
9698 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9699 : "Catchpoint ");
9700 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9701 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9702 ui_out_text (uiout,
9703 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9704 : " (exception caught), ");
9705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9706 {
9707 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9709 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9710 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9711 }
9712 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9713 }
9714
9715 static void
9716 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9717 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9718 {
9719 struct value_print_options opts;
9720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9721
9722 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9723 if (opts.addressprint)
9724 {
9725 annotate_field (4);
9726 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9728 else
9729 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9730 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9731 }
9732 annotate_field (5);
9733 if (b->loc)
9734 *last_loc = b->loc;
9735 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9736 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9737 else
9738 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9739 }
9740
9741 static void
9742 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9743 {
9744 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9745 int bp_temp;
9746 int bp_throw;
9747
9748 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9749 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9750 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9751 : _("Catchpoint "));
9752 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9753 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9754 : _(" (catch)"));
9755 }
9756
9757 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9758 catch catchpoints. */
9759
9760 static void
9761 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9762 struct ui_file *fp)
9763 {
9764 int bp_temp;
9765 int bp_throw;
9766
9767 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9768 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9771 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9772 }
9773
9774 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9775
9776 static int
9777 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9778 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9779 {
9780 char *trigger_func_name;
9781
9782 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9783 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9784 else
9785 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9786
9787 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9788 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9789 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9790 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9791 0,
9792 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9793 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9794 1 /* enabled */,
9795 0 /* internal */);
9796
9797 return 1;
9798 }
9799
9800 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9801
9802 static void
9803 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9804 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9805 {
9806 char *cond_string = NULL;
9807
9808 if (!arg)
9809 arg = "";
9810 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9811
9812 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9813
9814 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9815 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9816
9817 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9818 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9819 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9820
9821 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9822 return;
9823
9824 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9825 }
9826
9827 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9828
9829 static void
9830 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9831 {
9832 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9833
9834 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9835 }
9836
9837 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9838
9839 static void
9840 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9841 {
9842 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9843
9844 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9845 }
9846
9847 void
9848 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9849 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9850 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9851 char *addr_string,
9852 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9853 int tempflag,
9854 int from_tty)
9855 {
9856 if (from_tty)
9857 {
9858 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9859 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9860 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9861
9862 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9863 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9864 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9865 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9866 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9867 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9868 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9869 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9870 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9871 enough for now, though. */
9872 }
9873
9874 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9875
9876 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9877 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9878 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9879 b->language = language_ada;
9880 }
9881
9882 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9883 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9884 static VEC(int) *
9885 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9886 {
9887 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9888 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
9889
9890 while (*arg != '\0')
9891 {
9892 int i, syscall_number;
9893 char *endptr;
9894 char cur_name[128];
9895 struct syscall s;
9896
9897 /* Skip whitespace. */
9898 while (isspace (*arg))
9899 arg++;
9900
9901 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9902 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9903 cur_name[i] = '\0';
9904 arg += i;
9905
9906 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9907 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9908 if (*endptr == '\0')
9909 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9910 else
9911 {
9912 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9913 to a number. */
9914 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9915
9916 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9917 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9918 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9919 syscall number to be caught. */
9920 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9921 }
9922
9923 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9924 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9925 }
9926
9927 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9928 return result;
9929 }
9930
9931 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9932
9933 static void
9934 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9935 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9936 {
9937 int tempflag;
9938 VEC(int) *filter;
9939 struct syscall s;
9940 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9941
9942 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9943 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
9944 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9945 this architecture yet."));
9946
9947 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9948
9949 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9950
9951 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9952 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9953 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9954 for his/her architecture. */
9955 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
9956
9957 /* The allowed syntax is:
9958 catch syscall
9959 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9960
9961 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9962
9963 if (arg != NULL)
9964 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
9965 else
9966 filter = NULL;
9967
9968 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
9969 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
9970 }
9971
9972 static void
9973 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9974 {
9975 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9976 }
9977 \f
9978
9979 static void
9980 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9981 {
9982 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9983 }
9984
9985 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
9986
9987 static int
9988 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
9989 {
9990 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
9991 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
9992 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
9993 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
9994
9995 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
9996 return -1;
9997 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
9998 return 1;
9999
10000 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10001 the number 0. */
10002 if (ua < ub)
10003 return -1;
10004 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10005 }
10006
10007 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10008
10009 static void
10010 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10011 {
10012 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10013 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10014 int ix;
10015 int default_match;
10016 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10017 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10018 int i;
10019 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10020
10021 if (arg)
10022 {
10023 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10024 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10025 default_match = 0;
10026 }
10027 else
10028 {
10029 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10030 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10031 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10032 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10033
10034 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10035 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10036 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10037 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10038 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10039 error (_("No source file specified."));
10040
10041 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10042 sals.nelts = 1;
10043
10044 default_match = 1;
10045 }
10046
10047 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10048 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10049 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10050 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10051
10052 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10053 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10054 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10055 due to optimization, all in one block.
10056
10057 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10058 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10059 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10060 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10061 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10062 to support that. */
10063
10064 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10065 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10066 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10067 breakpoint. */
10068
10069 found = NULL;
10070 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10071 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10072 {
10073 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10074
10075 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10076 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10077 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10078 or at default pc.
10079
10080 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10081
10082 0 1 pc
10083 1 1 pc _and_ line
10084 0 0 line
10085 1 0 <can't happen> */
10086
10087 sal = sals.sals[i];
10088 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10089 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10090
10091 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10092 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10093 {
10094 int match = 0;
10095 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10096 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10097 {
10098 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10099 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10100 {
10101 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10102 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10103 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10104 && sal.pc
10105 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10106 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10107 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10108 || loc->section == sal.section));
10109 int line_match = 0;
10110
10111 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10112 && loc->source_file != NULL
10113 && sal.symtab != NULL
10114 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10115 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10116 {
10117 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10118 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10119 line_match = 1;
10120 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10121 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10122 sal.symtab->filename,
10123 sal_name_len))
10124 line_match = 1;
10125 }
10126
10127 if (pc_match || line_match)
10128 {
10129 match = 1;
10130 break;
10131 }
10132 }
10133 }
10134
10135 if (match)
10136 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10137 }
10138 }
10139
10140 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10141 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10142 {
10143 if (arg)
10144 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10145 else
10146 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10147 }
10148
10149 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10150 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10151 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10152 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10153 compare_breakpoints);
10154 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10155 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10156 {
10157 if (b == prev)
10158 {
10159 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10160 --ix;
10161 }
10162 }
10163
10164 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10165 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10166 if (from_tty)
10167 {
10168 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10169 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10170 else
10171 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10172 }
10173 breakpoints_changed ();
10174
10175 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10176 {
10177 if (from_tty)
10178 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10179 delete_breakpoint (b);
10180 }
10181 if (from_tty)
10182 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10183
10184 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10185 }
10186 \f
10187 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10188 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10189 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10190
10191 void
10192 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10193 {
10194 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10195
10196 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10197 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10198 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10199 && bs->stop)
10200 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10201
10202 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10203 {
10204 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10205 delete_breakpoint (b);
10206 }
10207 }
10208
10209 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10210 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10211 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10212 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10213 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10214 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10215
10216 static int
10217 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10218 {
10219 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10220 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10221 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10222 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10223 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10224
10225 if (a->address != b->address)
10226 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10227
10228 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10229 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10230 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10231
10232 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10233 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10234
10235 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10236 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10237 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10238
10239 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10240 }
10241
10242 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10243 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10244 content of the bp_location array. */
10245
10246 static void
10247 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10248 {
10249 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10250
10251 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10252 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10253
10254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10255 {
10256 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10257
10258 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10259 continue;
10260
10261 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10262 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10263
10264 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10265 addr = bl->address - start;
10266 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10267 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10268
10269 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10270
10271 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10272 addr = end - bl->address;
10273 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10274 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10275 }
10276 }
10277
10278 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10279
10280 static void
10281 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10282 {
10283 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10284 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10285
10286 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10287 return;
10288
10289 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10290
10291 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10292 {
10293 struct tracepoint *t;
10294
10295 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10296 continue;
10297
10298 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10299 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10300 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10301 continue;
10302
10303 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10304 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10305 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10306 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10307 continue;
10308
10309 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10310
10311 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10312
10313 bl->inserted = 1;
10314 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10315 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10316 }
10317
10318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10319 }
10320
10321 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10322
10323 static void
10324 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10325 {
10326 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10327 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10328 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10329
10330 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10331 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10332 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10333 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10334 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10335
10336 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10337 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10338 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10339 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10340 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10341 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10342 }
10343
10344 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10345 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10346 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10347 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10348 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10349 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10350 returns true on them.
10351
10352 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10353 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10354 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10355 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10356 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10357 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10358
10359 static void
10360 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10361 {
10362 struct breakpoint *b;
10363 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10364 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10365
10366 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10367 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10368 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10369 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10370 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10371 once. */
10372 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10373 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10374 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10375 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10376
10377 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10378 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10379 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10380 unsigned old_location_count;
10381
10382 old_location = bp_location;
10383 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10384 bp_location = NULL;
10385 bp_location_count = 0;
10386 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10387
10388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10389 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10390 bp_location_count++;
10391
10392 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10393 locp = bp_location;
10394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10395 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10396 *locp++ = loc;
10397 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10398 bp_location_compare);
10399
10400 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10401
10402 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10403 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10404 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10405 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10406 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10407 location.
10408
10409 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10410 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10411
10412 locp = bp_location;
10413 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10414 old_locp++)
10415 {
10416 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10417 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10418
10419 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10420 not, we have to free it. */
10421 int found_object = 0;
10422 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10423 int keep_in_target = 0;
10424 int removed = 0;
10425
10426 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10427 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10428 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10429 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10430 locp++;
10431
10432 for (loc2p = locp;
10433 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10434 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10435 loc2p++)
10436 {
10437 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10438 {
10439 found_object = 1;
10440 break;
10441 }
10442 }
10443
10444 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10445 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10446 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10447 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10448 at certain location is not inserted. */
10449
10450 if (old_loc->inserted)
10451 {
10452 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10453 it. */
10454
10455 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10456 {
10457 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10458 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10459 keep_in_target = 1;
10460 }
10461 else
10462 {
10463 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10464 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10465 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10466 this one from the target. */
10467
10468 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10469 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10470 {
10471 for (loc2p = locp;
10472 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10473 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10474 loc2p++)
10475 {
10476 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10477
10478 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10479 {
10480 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10481 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10482 supported, but the latter are. */
10483 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10484 {
10485 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10486 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10487 }
10488
10489 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10490 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10491 unduplicated. */
10492 if (loc2 != old_loc
10493 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10494 {
10495 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10496 keep_in_target = 1;
10497 break;
10498 }
10499 }
10500 }
10501 }
10502 }
10503
10504 if (!keep_in_target)
10505 {
10506 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10507 {
10508 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10509 this location on the global list, and try to
10510 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10511 reason why we will succeed next time.
10512
10513 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10514 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10515 only after calling us. */
10516 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10517 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10518 old_loc->owner->number);
10519 }
10520 removed = 1;
10521 }
10522 }
10523
10524 if (!found_object)
10525 {
10526 if (removed && non_stop
10527 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10528 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10529 {
10530 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10531 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10532 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10533 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10534 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10535 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10536 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10537 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10538 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10539 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10540 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10541 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10542 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10543 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10544 SIGTRAP.
10545
10546 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10547 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10548
10549 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10550 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10551 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10552 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10553 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10554 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10555 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10556 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10557 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10558 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10559 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10560 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10561 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10562 thread_count.
10563
10564 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10565 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10566 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10567 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10568
10569 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10570 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10571 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10572 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10573 traps we can no longer explain. */
10574
10575 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10576 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10577
10578 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10579 }
10580 else
10581 {
10582 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10583 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10584 }
10585 }
10586 }
10587
10588 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10589 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10590 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10591 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10592 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10593 are sorted first for the same address.
10594
10595 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10596 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10597
10598 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10599 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10600 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10601 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10602 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10603 {
10604 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10605 non-NULL. */
10606 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10607 b = loc->owner;
10608
10609 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10610 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10611 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10612 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10613 `struct bp_location'. */
10614 || is_tracepoint (b))
10615 continue;
10616
10617 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10618 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10619 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10620 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10621 "actually inserted"));
10622
10623 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10624 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10625 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10626 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10627 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10628 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10629 else
10630 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10631
10632 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10633 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10634 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10635 {
10636 *loc_first_p = loc;
10637 loc->duplicate = 0;
10638 continue;
10639 }
10640
10641
10642 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10643 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10644 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10645 if (loc->inserted)
10646 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10647 loc->duplicate = 1;
10648
10649 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10650 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10651 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10652 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10653 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10654 }
10655
10656 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10657 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10658 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10659 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10660
10661 if (should_insert)
10662 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10663
10664 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10665 }
10666
10667 void
10668 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10669 {
10670 struct bp_location *loc;
10671 int ix;
10672
10673 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10674 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10675 {
10676 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10677 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10678 --ix;
10679 }
10680 }
10681
10682 static void
10683 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10684 {
10685 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10686
10687 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10688 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10689 }
10690
10691 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10692
10693 static void
10694 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10695 {
10696 bpstat bs;
10697
10698 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10699 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10700 {
10701 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10702 bs->old_val = NULL;
10703 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10704 }
10705 }
10706
10707 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10708 static int
10709 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10710 {
10711 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10712
10713 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10714 return 0;
10715 }
10716
10717 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10718 callbacks. */
10719
10720 static void
10721 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10722 {
10723 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10724 struct value_print_options opts;
10725
10726 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10727
10728 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10729 single string. */
10730 if (b->loc == NULL)
10731 {
10732 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10733 }
10734 else
10735 {
10736 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
10737 {
10738 printf_filtered (" at ");
10739 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10740 gdb_stdout);
10741 }
10742 if (b->loc->source_file)
10743 {
10744 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10745 more nicely. */
10746 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
10747 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10748 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
10749 else
10750 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10751 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10752 real situation somewhat. */
10753 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
10754 }
10755
10756 if (b->loc->next)
10757 {
10758 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10759 int n = 0;
10760 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10761 ++n;
10762 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10763 }
10764 }
10765 }
10766
10767 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10768
10769 static void
10770 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10771 {
10772 xfree (self->cond);
10773 xfree (self->function_name);
10774 xfree (self->source_file);
10775 }
10776
10777 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10778 {
10779 bp_location_dtor
10780 };
10781
10782 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10783 inherit from. */
10784
10785 static void
10786 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10787 {
10788 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10789 xfree (self->cond_string);
10790 xfree (self->addr_string);
10791 xfree (self->filter);
10792 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10793 }
10794
10795 static struct bp_location *
10796 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10797 {
10798 struct bp_location *loc;
10799
10800 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10801 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10802 return loc;
10803 }
10804
10805 static void
10806 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10807 {
10808 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10809 }
10810
10811 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10812 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10813
10814 static int
10815 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10816 {
10817 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10818 }
10819
10820 static int
10821 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10822 {
10823 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10824 }
10825
10826 static int
10827 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10828 struct address_space *aspace,
10829 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10830 {
10831 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10832 }
10833
10834 static void
10835 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10836 {
10837 /* Always stop. */
10838 }
10839
10840 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10841 errors. */
10842
10843 static int
10844 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10845 {
10846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10847 }
10848
10849 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10850 errors. */
10851
10852 static int
10853 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10854 {
10855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10856 }
10857
10858 static enum print_stop_action
10859 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10860 {
10861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10862 }
10863
10864 static void
10865 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10866 struct ui_out *uiout)
10867 {
10868 /* nothing */
10869 }
10870
10871 static void
10872 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10873 {
10874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10875 }
10876
10877 static void
10878 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10879 {
10880 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10881 }
10882
10883 static void
10884 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
10885 struct linespec_result *canonical,
10886 enum bptype type_wanted,
10887 char *addr_start,
10888 char **copy_arg)
10889 {
10890 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10891 }
10892
10893 static void
10894 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10895 struct linespec_result *c,
10896 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
10897 char *cond_string,
10898 enum bptype type_wanted,
10899 enum bpdisp disposition,
10900 int thread,
10901 int task, int ignore_count,
10902 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
10903 int from_tty, int enabled,
10904 int internal)
10905 {
10906 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10907 }
10908
10909 static void
10910 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
10911 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
10912 {
10913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10914 }
10915
10916 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10917 {
10918 base_breakpoint_dtor,
10919 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10920 base_breakpoint_re_set,
10921 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10922 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10923 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10924 base_breakpoint_check_status,
10925 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10926 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10927 base_breakpoint_print_it,
10928 NULL,
10929 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10930 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10931 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
10932 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
10933 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
10934 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
10935 };
10936
10937 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10938
10939 static void
10940 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10941 {
10942 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10943 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10944 {
10945 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10946 delete_breakpoint (b);
10947 return;
10948 }
10949
10950 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10951 }
10952
10953 static int
10954 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10955 {
10956 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10957 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10958 &bl->target_info);
10959 else
10960 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10961 &bl->target_info);
10962 }
10963
10964 static int
10965 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10966 {
10967 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10968 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10969 else
10970 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10971 }
10972
10973 static int
10974 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10975 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10976 {
10977 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10978
10979 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10980 aspace, bp_addr))
10981 return 0;
10982
10983 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
10984 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
10985 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
10986 return 0;
10987
10988 return 1;
10989 }
10990
10991 static int
10992 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10993 {
10994 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10995
10996 return 1;
10997 }
10998
10999 static enum print_stop_action
11000 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11001 {
11002 struct breakpoint *b;
11003 const struct bp_location *bl;
11004 int bp_temp;
11005 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11006
11007 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11008
11009 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11010 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11011
11012 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11013 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11014 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11015 bl->address,
11016 b->number, 1);
11017 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11018 if (bp_temp)
11019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11020 else
11021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11022 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11023 {
11024 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11025 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11027 }
11028 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11029 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11030
11031 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11032 }
11033
11034 static void
11035 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11036 {
11037 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11038 return;
11039
11040 switch (b->type)
11041 {
11042 case bp_breakpoint:
11043 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11044 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11045 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11046 else
11047 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11048 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11049 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11050 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11051 break;
11052 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11053 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11054 break;
11055 }
11056
11057 say_where (b);
11058 }
11059
11060 static void
11061 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11062 {
11063 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11064 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11065 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11066 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11067 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11068 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11069 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11070 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11072 else
11073 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11074 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11075
11076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11077 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11078 }
11079
11080 static void
11081 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11082 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11083 enum bptype type_wanted,
11084 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11085 {
11086 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11087 addr_start, copy_arg);
11088 }
11089
11090 static void
11091 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11092 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11093 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11094 char *cond_string,
11095 enum bptype type_wanted,
11096 enum bpdisp disposition,
11097 int thread,
11098 int task, int ignore_count,
11099 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11100 int from_tty, int enabled,
11101 int internal)
11102 {
11103 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11104 cond_string, type_wanted,
11105 disposition, thread, task,
11106 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11107 enabled, internal);
11108 }
11109
11110 static void
11111 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11112 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11113 {
11114 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11115 }
11116
11117 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11118
11119 static void
11120 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11121 {
11122 switch (b->type)
11123 {
11124 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11125 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11126 case bp_overlay_event:
11127 case bp_longjmp_master:
11128 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11129 case bp_exception_master:
11130 delete_breakpoint (b);
11131 break;
11132
11133 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11134 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11135 case bp_shlib_event:
11136
11137 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11138 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11139 case bp_thread_event:
11140 break;
11141 }
11142 }
11143
11144 static void
11145 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11146 {
11147 /* We do not stop for these. */
11148 bs->stop = 0;
11149 }
11150
11151 static enum print_stop_action
11152 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11153 {
11154 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11155 struct breakpoint *b;
11156
11157 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11158
11159 switch (b->type)
11160 {
11161 case bp_shlib_event:
11162 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11163 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11164 to shlib event" message.) */
11165 ui_out_text (uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11166 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11167 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11168 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
11169 break;
11170
11171 case bp_thread_event:
11172 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11173 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11174 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11175 break;
11176
11177 case bp_overlay_event:
11178 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11179 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11180 break;
11181
11182 case bp_longjmp_master:
11183 /* These should never be enabled. */
11184 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11185 break;
11186
11187 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11188 /* These should never be enabled. */
11189 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11190 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11191 break;
11192
11193 case bp_exception_master:
11194 /* These should never be enabled. */
11195 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11196 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11197 break;
11198 }
11199
11200 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11201 }
11202
11203 static void
11204 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11205 {
11206 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11207 }
11208
11209 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11210
11211 static void
11212 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11213 {
11214 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11215 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11216 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11217 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11218 }
11219
11220 static void
11221 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11222 {
11223 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11224 }
11225
11226 static enum print_stop_action
11227 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11228 {
11229 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11230
11231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11232 {
11233 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11234
11235 switch (b->type)
11236 {
11237 case bp_finish:
11238 ui_out_field_string
11239 (uiout, "reason",
11240 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11241 break;
11242
11243 case bp_until:
11244 ui_out_field_string
11245 (uiout, "reason",
11246 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11247 break;
11248 }
11249 }
11250
11251 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11252 }
11253
11254 static void
11255 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11256 {
11257 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11258 }
11259
11260 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11261
11262 static void
11263 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11264 {
11265 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11266 }
11267
11268 static int
11269 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11270 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11271 {
11272 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11273 tracepoints. */
11274 return 0;
11275 }
11276
11277 static void
11278 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11279 struct ui_out *uiout)
11280 {
11281 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11282 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11283 {
11284 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11285
11286 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11287 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11288 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11289 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11290 }
11291 }
11292
11293 static void
11294 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11295 {
11296 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11297 return;
11298
11299 switch (b->type)
11300 {
11301 case bp_tracepoint:
11302 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11303 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11304 break;
11305 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11306 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11307 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11308 break;
11309 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11310 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11311 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11312 break;
11313 default:
11314 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11315 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11316 }
11317
11318 say_where (b);
11319 }
11320
11321 static void
11322 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11323 {
11324 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11325
11326 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11327 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11328 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11329 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11330 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11331 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11332 else
11333 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11334 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11335
11336 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11337 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11338
11339 if (tp->pass_count)
11340 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11341 }
11342
11343 static void
11344 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11345 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11346 enum bptype type_wanted,
11347 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11348 {
11349 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11350 addr_start, copy_arg);
11351 }
11352
11353 static void
11354 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11355 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11356 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11357 char *cond_string,
11358 enum bptype type_wanted,
11359 enum bpdisp disposition,
11360 int thread,
11361 int task, int ignore_count,
11362 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11363 int from_tty, int enabled,
11364 int internal)
11365 {
11366 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11367 cond_string, type_wanted,
11368 disposition, thread, task,
11369 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11370 enabled, internal);
11371 }
11372
11373 static void
11374 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11375 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11376 {
11377 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11378 }
11379
11380 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11381
11382 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11383 markers (`-m'). */
11384
11385 static void
11386 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11387 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11388 enum bptype type_wanted,
11389 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11390 {
11391 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11392
11393 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11394
11395 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11396
11397 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11398 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11399 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11400 }
11401
11402 static void
11403 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11404 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11405 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11406 char *cond_string,
11407 enum bptype type_wanted,
11408 enum bpdisp disposition,
11409 int thread,
11410 int task, int ignore_count,
11411 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11412 int from_tty, int enabled,
11413 int internal)
11414 {
11415 int i;
11416
11417 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11418 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11419 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11420 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11421 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11422 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11423
11424 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11425 {
11426 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11427 struct tracepoint *tp;
11428 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11429 char *addr_string;
11430
11431 expanded.nelts = 1;
11432 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11433
11434 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11435 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11436
11437 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11438 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11439 addr_string, NULL,
11440 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11441 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11442 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11443 canonical->special_display);
11444 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11445 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11446 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11447 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11448 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11449 corresponds to this one */
11450 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11451
11452 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11453
11454 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11455 }
11456 }
11457
11458 static void
11459 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11460 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11461 {
11462 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11463
11464 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11465 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11466 {
11467 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11468 sals->nelts = 1;
11469 }
11470 else
11471 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11472 }
11473
11474 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11475
11476 static int
11477 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11478 {
11479 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11480 }
11481
11482 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11483 structures. */
11484
11485 void
11486 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11487 {
11488 struct breakpoint *b;
11489
11490 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11491
11492 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11493 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11494 especial culprits.
11495
11496 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11497 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11498 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11499 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11500 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11501 deleted.
11502
11503 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11504 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11505 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11506 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11507 was chosen. */
11508 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11509 return;
11510
11511 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11512 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11513 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11514 {
11515 struct breakpoint *related;
11516 struct watchpoint *w;
11517
11518 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11519 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11520 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11521 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11522 else
11523 w = NULL;
11524 if (w != NULL)
11525 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11526
11527 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11528 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11529 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11530 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11531 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11532 }
11533
11534 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11535 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11536 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11537 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11538 if (bpt->number)
11539 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11540
11541 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11542 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11543
11544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11545 if (b->next == bpt)
11546 {
11547 b->next = bpt->next;
11548 break;
11549 }
11550
11551 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11552 been freed. */
11553 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11554 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11555 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11556 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11557 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11558 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11559 commands won't work. */
11560
11561 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11562
11563 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11564 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11565 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11566 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11567 might be better design to have location completely
11568 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11569 update_global_location_list (0);
11570
11571 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11572 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11573 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11574 bpt->type = bp_none;
11575 xfree (bpt);
11576 }
11577
11578 static void
11579 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11580 {
11581 delete_breakpoint (b);
11582 }
11583
11584 struct cleanup *
11585 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11586 {
11587 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11588 }
11589
11590 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11591 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11592
11593 static void
11594 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11595 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11596 void *),
11597 void *data)
11598 {
11599 struct breakpoint *related;
11600
11601 related = b;
11602 do
11603 {
11604 struct breakpoint *next;
11605
11606 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11607 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11608
11609 if (next == related)
11610 {
11611 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11612 function (related, data);
11613
11614 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11615 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11616 out. */
11617 break;
11618 }
11619 else
11620 function (related, data);
11621
11622 related = next;
11623 }
11624 while (related != b);
11625 }
11626
11627 static void
11628 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11629 {
11630 delete_breakpoint (b);
11631 }
11632
11633 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11634 delete_breakpoint. */
11635
11636 static void
11637 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11638 {
11639 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11640 }
11641
11642 void
11643 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11644 {
11645 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11646
11647 dont_repeat ();
11648
11649 if (arg == 0)
11650 {
11651 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11652
11653 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11654 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11655 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11657 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11658 {
11659 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11660 break;
11661 }
11662
11663 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11664 if (!from_tty
11665 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11666 {
11667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11668 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11669 delete_breakpoint (b);
11670 }
11671 }
11672 else
11673 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11674 }
11675
11676 static int
11677 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11678 {
11679 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11680 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
11681 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
11682 return 0;
11683 return 1;
11684 }
11685
11686 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11687 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11688 Null names are ignored. */
11689
11690 static int
11691 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11692 {
11693 struct bp_location *l;
11694 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11695 (int (*) (const void *,
11696 const void *)) streq,
11697 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11698
11699 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11700 {
11701 const char **slot;
11702 const char *name = l->function_name;
11703
11704 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11705 if (name == NULL)
11706 continue;
11707
11708 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11709 INSERT);
11710 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11711 returns NULL. */
11712 if (*slot != NULL)
11713 {
11714 htab_delete (htab);
11715 return 1;
11716 }
11717 *slot = name;
11718 }
11719
11720 htab_delete (htab);
11721 return 0;
11722 }
11723
11724 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11725 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11726 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11727 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11728 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11729 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11730 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11731 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11732 The heuristic is:
11733
11734 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11735 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11736 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11737 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11738 in the sources, and output a warning.
11739
11740 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11741 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11742 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11743 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11744 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11745 warning.
11746
11747 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11748 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11749 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11750 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11751 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11752 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11753 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11754 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11755 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11756
11757 static struct symtab_and_line
11758 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11759 {
11760 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11761 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11762 CORE_ADDR pc;
11763 int i;
11764
11765 pc = sal.pc;
11766 if (sal.line)
11767 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11768
11769 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11770 {
11771 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11772 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11773 b->number,
11774 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11775
11776 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11777 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11778 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11779
11780 return sal;
11781 }
11782
11783 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11784 by string ID. */
11785 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11786 && sal.line != 0
11787 && sal.symtab != NULL
11788 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11789 {
11790 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11791
11792 markers
11793 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11794
11795 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11796 {
11797 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11798 struct symbol *sym;
11799 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
11800 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11801
11802 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11803
11804 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11805 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
11806
11807 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11808 "found at previous line number"),
11809 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11810
11811 init_sal (&sal2);
11812
11813 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
11814
11815 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
11816 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
11817 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11818 if (sym)
11819 {
11820 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11821 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11822 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11823 }
11824 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
11825 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11826
11827 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11828 {
11829 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
11830
11831 if (fullname)
11832 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11833 }
11834
11835 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
11836 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11837
11838 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
11839
11840 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
11841 if (sym)
11842 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
11843 else
11844 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
11845
11846 xfree (b->addr_string);
11847 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11848 sal2.symtab->filename,
11849 b->loc->line_number);
11850
11851 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11852 so. */
11853
11854 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
11855 }
11856 }
11857 return sal;
11858 }
11859
11860 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11861 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11862
11863 static int
11864 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11865 {
11866 while (a && b)
11867 {
11868 if (a->address != b->address)
11869 return 0;
11870
11871 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11872 return 0;
11873
11874 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11875 return 0;
11876
11877 a = a->next;
11878 b = b->next;
11879 }
11880
11881 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11882 return 0;
11883
11884 return 1;
11885 }
11886
11887 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11888 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11889 a ranged breakpoint. */
11890
11891 void
11892 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11893 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11894 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11895 {
11896 int i;
11897 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11898
11899 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
11900 {
11901 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11902 location. */
11903 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11904 update_global_location_list (1);
11905 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11906 "multiple locations found\n"),
11907 b->number);
11908 return;
11909 }
11910
11911 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11912 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11913 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11914 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11915 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11916 individual locations. */
11917 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11918 return;
11919
11920 b->loc = NULL;
11921
11922 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11923 {
11924 struct bp_location *new_loc;
11925
11926 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
11927
11928 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11929
11930 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11931 old symtab. */
11932 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11933 {
11934 char *s;
11935 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11936
11937 s = b->cond_string;
11938 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11939 {
11940 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11941 0);
11942 }
11943 if (e.reason < 0)
11944 {
11945 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11946 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11947 b->number, e.message);
11948 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11949 }
11950 }
11951
11952 if (sals_end.nelts)
11953 {
11954 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11955
11956 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11957 }
11958 }
11959
11960 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11961 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11962 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11963
11964 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11965 breakpoints. */
11966 {
11967 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11968 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11969 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11970 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11971 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11972 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11973 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11974
11975 for (; e; e = e->next)
11976 {
11977 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11978 {
11979 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11980 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11981 {
11982 for (; l; l = l->next)
11983 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11984 {
11985 l->enabled = 0;
11986 break;
11987 }
11988 }
11989 else
11990 {
11991 for (; l; l = l->next)
11992 if (l->function_name
11993 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11994 {
11995 l->enabled = 0;
11996 break;
11997 }
11998 }
11999 }
12000 }
12001 }
12002
12003 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12004 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12005
12006 update_global_location_list (1);
12007 }
12008
12009 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12010 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12011
12012 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12013 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12014 {
12015 char *s;
12016 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12017 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12018
12019 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12020 s = addr_string;
12021
12022 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12023 {
12024 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12025 }
12026 if (e.reason < 0)
12027 {
12028 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12029 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12030 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12031 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12032 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12033 state, then user already saw the message about that
12034 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12035 errors. */
12036 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12037 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12038 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12039 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12040 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12041 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12042
12043 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12044 {
12045 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12046 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12047 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12048 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12049 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12050 which approach is better. */
12051 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12052 throw_exception (e);
12053 }
12054 }
12055
12056 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12057 {
12058 int i;
12059
12060 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12061 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12062 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12063 {
12064 char *cond_string = 0;
12065 int thread = -1;
12066 int task = 0;
12067
12068 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12069 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12070 if (cond_string)
12071 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12072 b->thread = thread;
12073 b->task = task;
12074 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12075 }
12076
12077 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12078 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12079
12080 *found = 1;
12081 }
12082 else
12083 *found = 0;
12084
12085 return sals;
12086 }
12087
12088 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12089 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12090 locations. */
12091
12092 static void
12093 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12094 {
12095 int found;
12096 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12097 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12098 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12099
12100 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12101 if (found)
12102 {
12103 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12104 expanded = sals;
12105 }
12106
12107 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12108 {
12109 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12110 if (found)
12111 {
12112 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12113 expanded_end = sals_end;
12114 }
12115 }
12116
12117 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12118 }
12119
12120 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12121 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12122
12123 static void
12124 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12125 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12126 enum bptype type_wanted,
12127 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12128 {
12129 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12130 }
12131
12132 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12133 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12134 breakpoint_ops. */
12135
12136 static void
12137 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12138 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12139 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12140 char *cond_string,
12141 enum bptype type_wanted,
12142 enum bpdisp disposition,
12143 int thread,
12144 int task, int ignore_count,
12145 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12146 int from_tty, int enabled,
12147 int internal)
12148 {
12149 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12150 type_wanted, disposition,
12151 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12152 enabled, internal);
12153 }
12154
12155 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12156 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12157
12158 static void
12159 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12160 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12161 {
12162 struct linespec_result canonical;
12163
12164 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12165 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12166 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12167 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12168 b->filter);
12169
12170 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12171 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12172
12173 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12174 {
12175 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12176
12177 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12178 *sals = lsal->sals;
12179 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12180 contents. */
12181 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12182 }
12183
12184 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12185 }
12186
12187 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12188
12189 static struct cleanup *
12190 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12191 {
12192 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12193
12194 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12195 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12196 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12197 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12198 set_language (b->language);
12199
12200 return cleanups;
12201 }
12202
12203 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12204 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12205 Unused in this case. */
12206
12207 static int
12208 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12209 {
12210 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12211 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12212 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12213
12214 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12215 b->ops->re_set (b);
12216 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12217 return 0;
12218 }
12219
12220 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12221 void
12222 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12223 {
12224 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12225 enum language save_language;
12226 int save_input_radix;
12227 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12228
12229 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12230 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12231 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12232
12233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12234 {
12235 /* Format possible error msg. */
12236 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12237 b->number);
12238 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12239 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12240 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12241 }
12242 set_language (save_language);
12243 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12244
12245 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12246
12247 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12248
12249 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12250 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12251 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12252 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12253
12254 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12255 skip_re_set ();
12256 }
12257 \f
12258 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12259
12260 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12261 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12262 void
12263 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12264 {
12265 if (b->thread != -1)
12266 {
12267 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12268 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12269
12270 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12271 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12272 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12273 as well. */
12274 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12275 }
12276 }
12277
12278 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12279 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12280 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12281
12282 void
12283 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12284 {
12285 struct breakpoint *b;
12286
12287 if (count < 0)
12288 count = 0;
12289
12290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12291 if (b->number == bptnum)
12292 {
12293 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12294 {
12295 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12296 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12297 bptnum);
12298 return;
12299 }
12300
12301 b->ignore_count = count;
12302 if (from_tty)
12303 {
12304 if (count == 0)
12305 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12306 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12307 bptnum);
12308 else if (count == 1)
12309 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12310 bptnum);
12311 else
12312 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12313 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12314 count, bptnum);
12315 }
12316 breakpoints_changed ();
12317 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12318 return;
12319 }
12320
12321 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12322 }
12323
12324 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12325
12326 static void
12327 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12328 {
12329 char *p = args;
12330 int num;
12331
12332 if (p == 0)
12333 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12334
12335 num = get_number (&p);
12336 if (num == 0)
12337 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12338 if (*p == 0)
12339 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12340
12341 set_ignore_count (num,
12342 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12343 from_tty);
12344 if (from_tty)
12345 printf_filtered ("\n");
12346 }
12347 \f
12348 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12349 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12350
12351 static void
12352 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12353 void *),
12354 void *data)
12355 {
12356 int num;
12357 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12358 int match;
12359 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12360
12361 if (args == 0)
12362 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12363
12364 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12365
12366 while (!state.finished)
12367 {
12368 char *p = state.string;
12369
12370 match = 0;
12371
12372 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12373 if (num == 0)
12374 {
12375 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12376 }
12377 else
12378 {
12379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12380 if (b->number == num)
12381 {
12382 match = 1;
12383 function (b, data);
12384 break;
12385 }
12386 if (match == 0)
12387 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12388 }
12389 }
12390 }
12391
12392 static struct bp_location *
12393 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12394 {
12395 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12396 char *p1;
12397 int bp_num;
12398 int loc_num;
12399 struct breakpoint *b;
12400 struct bp_location *loc;
12401
12402 *dot = '\0';
12403
12404 p1 = number;
12405 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12406 if (bp_num == 0)
12407 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12408
12409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12410 if (b->number == bp_num)
12411 {
12412 break;
12413 }
12414
12415 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12416 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12417
12418 p1 = dot+1;
12419 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12420 if (loc_num == 0)
12421 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12422
12423 --loc_num;
12424 loc = b->loc;
12425 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12426 ;
12427 if (!loc)
12428 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12429
12430 return loc;
12431 }
12432
12433
12434 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12435 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12436 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12437
12438 void
12439 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12440 {
12441 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12442 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12443 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12444 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12445 return;
12446
12447 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12448 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12449 return;
12450
12451 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12452
12453 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12454 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12455 {
12456 struct bp_location *location;
12457
12458 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12459 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12460 }
12461
12462 update_global_location_list (0);
12463
12464 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12465 }
12466
12467 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12468
12469 static void
12470 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12471 {
12472 disable_breakpoint (b);
12473 }
12474
12475 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12476 disable_breakpoint. */
12477
12478 static void
12479 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12480 {
12481 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12482 }
12483
12484 static void
12485 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12486 {
12487 if (args == 0)
12488 {
12489 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12490
12491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12492 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12493 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12494 }
12495 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12496 {
12497 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12498 if (loc)
12499 {
12500 loc->enabled = 0;
12501 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12502 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12503 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12504 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12505 }
12506 update_global_location_list (0);
12507 }
12508 else
12509 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12510 }
12511
12512 static void
12513 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12514 {
12515 int target_resources_ok;
12516
12517 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12518 {
12519 int i;
12520 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12521 target_resources_ok =
12522 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12523 i + 1, 0);
12524 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12525 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12526 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12527 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12528 }
12529
12530 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12531 {
12532 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12533 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12534 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12535
12536 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12537 {
12538 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12539
12540 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12541 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12542 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12543 }
12544 if (e.reason < 0)
12545 {
12546 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12547 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12548 bpt->number);
12549 return;
12550 }
12551 }
12552
12553 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12554 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12555
12556 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12557 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12558 {
12559 struct bp_location *location;
12560
12561 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12562 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12563 }
12564
12565 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12566 update_global_location_list (1);
12567 breakpoints_changed ();
12568
12569 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12570 }
12571
12572
12573 void
12574 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12575 {
12576 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12577 }
12578
12579 static void
12580 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12581 {
12582 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12583 }
12584
12585 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12586 enable_breakpoint. */
12587
12588 static void
12589 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12590 {
12591 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12592 }
12593
12594 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12595 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12596 in stopping the inferior. */
12597
12598 static void
12599 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12600 {
12601 if (args == 0)
12602 {
12603 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12604
12605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12606 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12607 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12608 }
12609 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12610 {
12611 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12612 if (loc)
12613 {
12614 loc->enabled = 1;
12615 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12616 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12617 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12618 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12619 }
12620 update_global_location_list (1);
12621 }
12622 else
12623 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12624 }
12625
12626 static void
12627 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12628 {
12629 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12630
12631 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12632 }
12633
12634 static void
12635 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12636 {
12637 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12638
12639 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12640 }
12641
12642 static void
12643 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12644 {
12645 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12646 }
12647
12648 static void
12649 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12650 {
12651 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12652
12653 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12654 }
12655
12656 static void
12657 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12658 {
12659 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12660 }
12661 \f
12662 static void
12663 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12664 {
12665 }
12666
12667 static void
12668 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12669 {
12670 }
12671
12672 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12673 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12674 GDB itself. */
12675
12676 static void
12677 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12678 const bfd_byte *data)
12679 {
12680 struct breakpoint *bp;
12681
12682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12683 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12684 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12685 {
12686 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12687
12688 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12689 {
12690 struct bp_location *loc;
12691
12692 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12693 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12694 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12695 && addr + len > loc->address)
12696 {
12697 value_free (wp->val);
12698 wp->val = NULL;
12699 wp->val_valid = 0;
12700 }
12701 }
12702 }
12703 }
12704
12705 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12706 if they aren't valid. */
12707
12708 struct symtabs_and_lines
12709 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
12710 {
12711 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12712
12713 if (string == 0)
12714 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12715 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12716 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
12717 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12718 get_last_displayed_line ());
12719 else
12720 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
12721 if (*string)
12722 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12723 return sals;
12724 }
12725
12726 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12727 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12728 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12729 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12730 someday. */
12731
12732 void *
12733 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12734 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12735 {
12736 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12737
12738 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12739
12740 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12741 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12742
12743 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12744 {
12745 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12746 xfree (bp_tgt);
12747 return NULL;
12748 }
12749
12750 return bp_tgt;
12751 }
12752
12753 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12754 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12755
12756 int
12757 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12758 {
12759 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12760 int ret;
12761
12762 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12763 xfree (bp_tgt);
12764
12765 return ret;
12766 }
12767
12768 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12769 stepping. */
12770
12771 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12772 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12773
12774 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12775
12776 void
12777 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12778 struct address_space *aspace,
12779 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12780 {
12781 void **bpt_p;
12782
12783 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12784 {
12785 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12786 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12787 }
12788 else
12789 {
12790 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12791 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12792 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12793 }
12794
12795 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12796 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12797 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12798 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12799 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12800 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12801
12802 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12803 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12804 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12805 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12806 }
12807
12808 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12809 were inserted or not. */
12810
12811 int
12812 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12813 {
12814 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12815 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12816 }
12817
12818 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12819
12820 void
12821 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12822 {
12823 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12824
12825 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12826 call. */
12827 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12828 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12829 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12830 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12831
12832 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12833 {
12834 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12835 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12836 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12837 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12838 }
12839 }
12840
12841 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12842 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12843 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12844 exec. */
12845
12846 void
12847 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12848 {
12849 int i;
12850
12851 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12852 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12853 {
12854 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12855 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12856 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12857 }
12858 }
12859
12860 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12861 removing them. */
12862
12863 static void
12864 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12865 {
12866 int i;
12867
12868 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12869 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12870 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12871 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12872 }
12873
12874 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12875 PC. */
12876
12877 static int
12878 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12879 CORE_ADDR pc)
12880 {
12881 int i;
12882
12883 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12884 {
12885 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12886 if (bp_tgt
12887 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12888 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12889 aspace, pc))
12890 return 1;
12891 }
12892
12893 return 0;
12894 }
12895
12896 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12897 non-zero otherwise. */
12898 static int
12899 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12900 {
12901 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12902 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12903 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12904 return 1;
12905 else
12906 return 0;
12907 }
12908
12909 int
12910 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12911 {
12912 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12913
12914 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12915 }
12916
12917 int
12918 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12919 {
12920 struct breakpoint *bp;
12921
12922 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12923 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12924 {
12925 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12926
12927 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12928 {
12929 int i, iter;
12930 for (i = 0;
12931 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12932 i++)
12933 if (syscall_number == iter)
12934 return 1;
12935 }
12936 else
12937 return 1;
12938 }
12939
12940 return 0;
12941 }
12942
12943 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12944 static char **
12945 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12946 char *text, char *word)
12947 {
12948 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12949 char **retlist
12950 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12951
12952 xfree (list);
12953 return retlist;
12954 }
12955
12956 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12957
12958 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12959 static void
12960 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12961 {
12962 tracepoint_count = num;
12963 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12964 }
12965
12966 void
12967 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12968 {
12969 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12970 arg,
12971 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12972 0 /* tempflag */,
12973 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12974 0 /* Ignore count */,
12975 pending_break_support,
12976 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12977 from_tty,
12978 1 /* enabled */,
12979 0 /* internal */))
12980 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12981 }
12982
12983 void
12984 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12985 {
12986 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12987 arg,
12988 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12989 0 /* tempflag */,
12990 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12991 0 /* Ignore count */,
12992 pending_break_support,
12993 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12994 from_tty,
12995 1 /* enabled */,
12996 0 /* internal */))
12997 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12998 }
12999
13000 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13001
13002 void
13003 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13004 {
13005 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13006
13007 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13008 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13009 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13010 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13011 else
13012 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13013
13014 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13015 arg,
13016 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13017 0 /* tempflag */,
13018 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13019 0 /* Ignore count */,
13020 pending_break_support,
13021 ops,
13022 from_tty,
13023 1 /* enabled */,
13024 0 /* internal */))
13025 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13026 }
13027
13028 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13029 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13030
13031 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13032 static int next_cmd;
13033
13034 static char *
13035 read_uploaded_action (void)
13036 {
13037 char *rslt;
13038
13039 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13040
13041 next_cmd++;
13042
13043 return rslt;
13044 }
13045
13046 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13047 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13048 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13049 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13050 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13051
13052 struct tracepoint *
13053 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13054 {
13055 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13056 struct tracepoint *tp;
13057
13058 if (utp->at_string)
13059 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13060 else
13061 {
13062 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13063 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13064 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13065 user. */
13066 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13067 "source location, using raw address"),
13068 utp->number);
13069 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13070 addr_str = small_buf;
13071 }
13072
13073 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13074 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13075 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13076 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13077 utp->number);
13078
13079 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13080 addr_str,
13081 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13082 0 /* tempflag */,
13083 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13084 0 /* Ignore count */,
13085 pending_break_support,
13086 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13087 0 /* from_tty */,
13088 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13089 0 /* internal */))
13090 return NULL;
13091
13092 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13093
13094 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13095 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13096 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13097
13098 if (utp->pass > 0)
13099 {
13100 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13101
13102 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13103 }
13104
13105 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13106 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13107 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13108 function. */
13109 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13110 {
13111 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13112
13113 this_utp = utp;
13114 next_cmd = 0;
13115
13116 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13117
13118 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13119 }
13120 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13121 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13122 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13123 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13124 utp->number);
13125
13126 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13127 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13128 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13129
13130 return tp;
13131 }
13132
13133 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13134 omitted. */
13135
13136 static void
13137 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13138 {
13139 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13140 int num_printed;
13141
13142 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13143
13144 if (num_printed == 0)
13145 {
13146 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13147 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13148 else
13149 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13150 }
13151
13152 default_collect_info ();
13153 }
13154
13155 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13156 Not supported by all targets. */
13157 static void
13158 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13159 {
13160 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13161 }
13162
13163 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13164 Not supported by all targets. */
13165 static void
13166 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13167 {
13168 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13169 }
13170
13171 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13172 static void
13173 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13174 {
13175 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13176
13177 dont_repeat ();
13178
13179 if (arg == 0)
13180 {
13181 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13182
13183 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13184 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13185 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13186 argument. */
13187 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13188 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13189 {
13190 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13191 break;
13192 }
13193
13194 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13195 if (!from_tty
13196 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13197 {
13198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13199 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13200 delete_breakpoint (b);
13201 }
13202 }
13203 else
13204 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13205 }
13206
13207 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13208
13209 static void
13210 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13211 {
13212 tp->pass_count = count;
13213 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13214 if (from_tty)
13215 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13216 tp->base.number, count);
13217 }
13218
13219 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13220
13221 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13222 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13223 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13224
13225 static void
13226 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13227 {
13228 struct tracepoint *t1;
13229 unsigned int count;
13230
13231 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13232 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13233 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13234
13235 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13236
13237 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13238 args++;
13239
13240 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13241 {
13242 struct breakpoint *b;
13243
13244 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13245 if (*args)
13246 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13247
13248 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13249 {
13250 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13251 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13252 }
13253 }
13254 else if (*args == '\0')
13255 {
13256 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13257 if (t1)
13258 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13259 }
13260 else
13261 {
13262 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13263
13264 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13265 while (!state.finished)
13266 {
13267 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13268 if (t1)
13269 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13270 }
13271 }
13272 }
13273
13274 struct tracepoint *
13275 get_tracepoint (int num)
13276 {
13277 struct breakpoint *t;
13278
13279 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13280 if (t->number == num)
13281 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13282
13283 return NULL;
13284 }
13285
13286 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13287 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13288 reconnecting). */
13289
13290 struct tracepoint *
13291 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13292 {
13293 struct breakpoint *b;
13294
13295 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13296 {
13297 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13298
13299 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13300 return t;
13301 }
13302
13303 return NULL;
13304 }
13305
13306 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13307 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13308 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13309 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13310 struct tracepoint *
13311 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13312 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13313 int optional_p)
13314 {
13315 extern int tracepoint_count;
13316 struct breakpoint *t;
13317 int tpnum;
13318 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13319
13320 if (state)
13321 {
13322 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13323 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13324 }
13325 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13326 {
13327 if (optional_p)
13328 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13329 else
13330 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13331 }
13332 else
13333 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13334
13335 if (tpnum <= 0)
13336 {
13337 if (instring && *instring)
13338 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13339 instring);
13340 else
13341 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13342 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13343 return NULL;
13344 }
13345
13346 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13347 if (t->number == tpnum)
13348 {
13349 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13350 }
13351
13352 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13353 return NULL;
13354 }
13355
13356 void
13357 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13358 {
13359 if (b->thread != -1)
13360 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13361
13362 if (b->task != 0)
13363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13364
13365 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13366 }
13367
13368 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13369 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13370 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13371 non-zero. */
13372
13373 static void
13374 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13375 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13376 {
13377 struct breakpoint *tp;
13378 int any = 0;
13379 char *pathname;
13380 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13381 struct ui_file *fp;
13382 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13383
13384 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13385 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13386
13387 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13389 {
13390 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13391 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13392 continue;
13393
13394 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13395 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13396 continue;
13397
13398 any = 1;
13399
13400 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13401 {
13402 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13403
13404 /* We can stop searching. */
13405 break;
13406 }
13407 }
13408
13409 if (!any)
13410 {
13411 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13412 return;
13413 }
13414
13415 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13416 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13417 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13418 if (!fp)
13419 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13420 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13421 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13422
13423 if (extra_trace_bits)
13424 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13425
13426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13427 {
13428 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13429 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13430 continue;
13431
13432 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13433 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13434 continue;
13435
13436 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13437
13438 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13439 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13440 instead. */
13441
13442 if (tp->cond_string)
13443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13444
13445 if (tp->ignore_count)
13446 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13447
13448 if (tp->commands)
13449 {
13450 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13451
13452 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13453
13454 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13455 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13456 {
13457 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13458 }
13459 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13460
13461 if (ex.reason < 0)
13462 throw_exception (ex);
13463
13464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13465 }
13466
13467 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13468 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13469
13470 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13471 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13472 special, and not user visible. */
13473 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13474 {
13475 struct bp_location *loc;
13476 int n = 1;
13477
13478 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13479 if (!loc->enabled)
13480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13481 }
13482 }
13483
13484 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13486
13487 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13488 if (from_tty)
13489 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13490 }
13491
13492 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13493
13494 static void
13495 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13496 {
13497 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13498 }
13499
13500 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13501
13502 static void
13503 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13504 {
13505 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13506 }
13507
13508 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13509
13510 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13511 all_tracepoints (void)
13512 {
13513 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13514 struct breakpoint *tp;
13515
13516 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13517 {
13518 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13519 }
13520
13521 return tp_vec;
13522 }
13523
13524 \f
13525 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13526 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13527 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13528 command. */
13529 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13530 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13531 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13532 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13533 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13534 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13535 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13536 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13537 \n\
13538 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13539 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13540 \n\
13541 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13542 conditions are different.\n\
13543 \n\
13544 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13545
13546 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13547 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13548
13549 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13550 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13551
13552 void
13553 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13554 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13555 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13556 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13557 char *text, char *word),
13558 void *user_data_catch,
13559 void *user_data_tcatch)
13560 {
13561 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13562
13563 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13564 &catch_cmdlist);
13565 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13566 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13567 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13568
13569 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13570 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13571 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13572 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13573 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13574 }
13575
13576 static void
13577 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13578 {
13579 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13580 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13581 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13582 }
13583
13584 static void
13585 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13586 {
13587 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13588 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13589 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13590 }
13591
13592 struct breakpoint *
13593 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13594 void *data)
13595 {
13596 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13597
13598 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13599 {
13600 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13601 return b;
13602 }
13603
13604 return NULL;
13605 }
13606
13607 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13608 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13609
13610 static int
13611 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13612 {
13613 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13614 non-inline function. */
13615 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13616 return 1;
13617
13618 return 0;
13619 }
13620
13621 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13622 have been inlined. */
13623
13624 int
13625 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13626 {
13627 struct breakpoint *b;
13628 struct bp_location *bl;
13629
13630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13631 {
13632 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13633 continue;
13634
13635 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13636 {
13637 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13638 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc))
13639 return 1;
13640 }
13641 }
13642
13643 return 0;
13644 }
13645
13646 void
13647 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13648 {
13649 static int initialized = 0;
13650
13651 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13652
13653 if (initialized)
13654 return;
13655 initialized = 1;
13656
13657 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13658 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13659 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13660 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13661 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13662 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13663 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13664 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13665 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13666 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
13667 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
13668 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
13669
13670 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13671 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13672 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13673 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13674 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13675 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13676 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13677 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13678
13679 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13680 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13681 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13682 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13683 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13684 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13685 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13686 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13687 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13688 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13689
13690 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13691 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13692 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13693 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13694 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13695 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13696 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13697
13698 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13699 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13700 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13701 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13702 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13703 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13704 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13705
13706 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13707 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13708 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13709 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13710 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13711 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13712 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13713
13714 /* Watchpoints. */
13715 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13716 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13717 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13718 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13719 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13720 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13721 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13722 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13723 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13724 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13725 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13726 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13727 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13728
13729 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13730 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13731 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13732 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13733 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13734 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13735 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13736 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13737 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13738 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13739 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13740
13741 /* Tracepoints. */
13742 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13743 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13744 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13745 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13746 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13747 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13748 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13749 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
13750 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
13751 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
13752
13753 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
13754 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13755 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13756 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
13757 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
13758 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
13759
13760 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13761 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13762 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13763 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13764 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13765 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13766 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13767 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13768 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13769 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13770
13771 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13772 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13773 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13774 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13775 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13776 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13777 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13778 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13779 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13780 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13781
13782 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13783 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13784 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13785 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13786 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13787 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13788 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13789 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13790 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13791 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13792 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13793
13794 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13795 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13796 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13797 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13798 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13799 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13800 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13801 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13802 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13803 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13804 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13805 }
13806
13807 void
13808 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13809 {
13810 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13811
13812 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13813
13814 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13815 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13816 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13817
13818 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13819
13820 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13821 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13822 before a breakpoint is set. */
13823 breakpoint_count = 0;
13824
13825 tracepoint_count = 0;
13826
13827 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13828 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13829 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13830 if (xdb_commands)
13831 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13832
13833 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13834 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13835 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13836 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13837 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13838 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13839 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13840 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13841
13842 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13843 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13844 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13845 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13846
13847 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13848 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13849 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13850 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13851 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13852 \n"
13853 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13854 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13855
13856 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13857 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13858 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13859 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13860 \n"
13861 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13862 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13863
13864 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13865 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13866 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13867 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13868 \n"
13869 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13870 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13871
13872 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13873 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13874 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13875 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13876 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13877 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13878 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13879 if (xdb_commands)
13880 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13881 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13882 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13883 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13884 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13885 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13886
13887 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13888
13889 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13890 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13891 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13892 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13893 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13894 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13895
13896 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13897 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13898 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13899 &enablebreaklist);
13900
13901 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13902 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13903 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13904 &enablebreaklist);
13905
13906 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13907 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13908 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13909 &enablelist);
13910
13911 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13912 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13913 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13914 &enablelist);
13915
13916 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13917 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13918 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13919 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13920 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13921 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13922 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13923 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13924 if (xdb_commands)
13925 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13926 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13927 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13928 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13929 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13930
13931 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13932 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13933 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13934 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13935 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13936 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13937 &disablelist);
13938
13939 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13940 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13941 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13942 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13943 \n\
13944 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13945 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13946 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13947 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13948 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13949 if (xdb_commands)
13950 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13951 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13952 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13953 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13954
13955 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13956 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13957 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13958 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13959 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13960 &deletelist);
13961
13962 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13963 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13964 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13965 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13966 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13967 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13968 \n\
13969 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13970 is executing in.\n\
13971 \n\
13972 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13973 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13974
13975 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13976 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13977 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13978 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13979
13980 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13981 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13982 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13983 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13984
13985 if (xdb_commands)
13986 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13987
13988 if (dbx_commands)
13989 {
13990 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13991 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13992 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13993 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13994 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13995 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13996 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13997 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13998 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13999 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14000 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14001 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14002 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14003 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14004 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14005 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14006 \n\
14007 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14008 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14009 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14010 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14011 breakpoint set."));
14012 }
14013
14014 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14015 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14016 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14017 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14018 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14019 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14020 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14021 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14022 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14023 \n\
14024 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14025 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14026 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14027 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14028 breakpoint set."));
14029
14030 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14031
14032 if (xdb_commands)
14033 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14034 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14035 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14036 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14037 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14038 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14039 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14040 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14041 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14042 \n\
14043 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14044 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14045 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14046 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14047 breakpoint set."));
14048
14049 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14050 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14051 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14052 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14053 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14054 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14055 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14056 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14057 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14058 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14059 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14060 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14061 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14062 \n\
14063 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14064 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14065 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14066 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14067 breakpoint set."),
14068 &maintenanceinfolist);
14069
14070 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14071 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14072 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14073 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14074
14075 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14076 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14077 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14078 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14079
14080 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14081 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14082 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14083 catch_catch_command,
14084 NULL,
14085 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14086 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14087 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14088 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14089 catch_throw_command,
14090 NULL,
14091 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14092 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14093 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14094 catch_fork_command_1,
14095 NULL,
14096 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14097 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14098 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14099 catch_fork_command_1,
14100 NULL,
14101 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14102 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14103 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14104 catch_exec_command_1,
14105 NULL,
14106 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14107 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14108 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14109 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14110 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14111 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14112 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14113 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14114 catch_syscall_command_1,
14115 catch_syscall_completer,
14116 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14117 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14118
14119 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14120 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14121 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14122 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14123 an expression changes.\n\
14124 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14125 the memory to which it refers."));
14126 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14127
14128 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14129 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14130 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14131 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14132 an expression is read.\n\
14133 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14134 the memory to which it refers."));
14135 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14136
14137 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14138 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14139 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14140 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14141 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14142 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14143 the memory to which it refers."));
14144 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14145
14146 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14147 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14148
14149 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14150 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14151 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14152 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14153 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14154 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14155 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14156 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14157 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14158 hardware.)"),
14159 NULL,
14160 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14161 &setlist, &showlist);
14162
14163 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14164
14165 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14166
14167 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14168 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14169 \n"
14170 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14171 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14172 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14173
14174 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14175 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14176 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14177 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14178
14179 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14180 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14181 \n"
14182 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14183 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14184 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14185
14186 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14187 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14188 \n\
14189 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14190 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14191 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14192 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14193 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14194 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14195 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14196 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14197 the selected stack frame.\n\
14198 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14199 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14200 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14201 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14202 \n\
14203 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14204 \n\
14205 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14206 conditions are different.\n\
14207 \n\
14208 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14209 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14210 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14211
14212 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14213 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14214 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14215 last tracepoint set."));
14216
14217 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14218
14219 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14220 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14221 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14222 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14223 &deletelist);
14224
14225 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14226 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14227 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14228 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14229 &disablelist);
14230 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14231
14232 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14233 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14234 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14235 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14236 &enablelist);
14237 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14238
14239 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14240 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14241 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14242 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14243 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14244
14245 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14246 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14247 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14248 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14249
14250 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14251 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14252 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14253 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14254 session to restore them."),
14255 &save_cmdlist);
14256 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14257
14258 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14259 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14260 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14261 &save_cmdlist);
14262 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14263
14264 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14265 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14266
14267 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14268 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14269 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14270 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14271 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14272 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14273 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14274 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14275 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14276 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14277 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14278 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14279
14280 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14281 &pending_break_support, _("\
14282 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14283 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14284 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14285 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14286 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14287 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14288 NULL,
14289 show_pending_break_support,
14290 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14291 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14292
14293 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14294
14295 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14296 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14297 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14298 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14299 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14300 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14301 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14302 NULL,
14303 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14304 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14305 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14306
14307 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14308 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14309 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14310 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14311 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14312 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14313 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14314 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14315 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14316 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14317 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14318 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14319 NULL,
14320 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14321 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14322 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14323
14324 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14325 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14326 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14327 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14328 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14329 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14330 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14331 or the start of the range\n\
14332 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14333 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14334 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14335 \n\
14336 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14337 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14338 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14339
14340 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14341
14342 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14343 }
This page took 0.316469 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.